SAK-TC1798F-512F300EP AB [INFINEON]

TC1798 是 AUDO MAX 系列终极旗舰产品。;
SAK-TC1798F-512F300EP AB
型号: SAK-TC1798F-512F300EP AB
厂家: Infineon    Infineon
描述:

TC1798 是 AUDO MAX 系列终极旗舰产品。

文件: 总200页 (文件大小:5172K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
32-Bit  
Microcontroller  
TC1798  
32-Bit Single-Chip Microcontroller  
Data Sheet  
V 1.1 2014-05  
Microcontrollers  
Edition 2014-05  
Published by  
Infineon Technologies AG  
81726 Munich, Germany  
© 2014 Infineon Technologies AG  
All Rights Reserved.  
Legal Disclaimer  
The information given in this document shall in no event be regarded as a guarantee of conditions or  
characteristics. With respect to any examples or hints given herein, any typical values stated herein and/or any  
information regarding the application of the device, Infineon Technologies hereby disclaims any and all warranties  
and liabilities of any kind, including without limitation, warranties of non-infringement of intellectual property rights  
of any third party.  
Information  
For further information on technology, delivery terms and conditions and prices, please contact the nearest  
Infineon Technologies Office (www.infineon.com).  
Warnings  
Due to technical requirements, components may contain dangerous substances. For information on the types in  
question, please contact the nearest Infineon Technologies Office.  
Infineon Technologies components may be used in life-support devices or systems only with the express written  
approval of Infineon Technologies, if a failure of such components can reasonably be expected to cause the failure  
of that life-support device or system or to affect the safety or effectiveness of that device or system. Life support  
devices or systems are intended to be implanted in the human body or to support and/or maintain and sustain  
and/or protect human life. If they fail, it is reasonable to assume that the health of the user or other persons may  
be endangered.  
32-Bit  
Microcontroller  
TC1798  
32-Bit Single-Chip Microcontroller  
Data Sheet  
V 1.1 2014-05  
Microcontrollers  
TC1798  
Table of Contents  
1
Summary of Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
2
System Overview of the TC1798 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8  
2.1  
Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9  
3
Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12  
3.1  
TC1798 Pin Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13  
4
Identification Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92  
5
5.1  
Electrical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94  
General Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94  
Parameter Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94  
Pad Driver and Pad Classes Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95  
Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96  
Pin Reliability in Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98  
Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100  
Extended Range Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102  
DC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105  
Input/Output Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105  
Analog to Digital Converters (ADCx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125  
Fast Analog to Digital Converter (FADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132  
Oscillator Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136  
Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137  
Power Supply Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138  
Calculating the 1.3 V Current Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140  
AC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142  
Testing Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142  
Power Sequencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143  
Power, Pad and Reset Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145  
Phase Locked Loop (PLL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147  
ERAY Phase Locked Loop (ERAY_PLL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150  
JTAG Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151  
DAP Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153  
Micro Link Interface (MLI) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154  
Micro Second Channel (MSC) Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157  
SSC Master/Slave Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159  
ERAY Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161  
EBU Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163  
BFCLKO Output Clock Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163  
EBU Asynchronous Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163  
EBU Burst Mode Access Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170  
5.1.1  
5.1.2  
5.1.3  
5.1.4  
5.1.5  
5.1.5.1  
5.2  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
5.2.4  
5.2.5  
5.2.6  
5.2.6.1  
5.3  
5.3.1  
5.3.2  
5.3.3  
5.3.4  
5.3.5  
5.3.6  
5.3.7  
5.3.8  
5.3.9  
5.3.10  
5.3.11  
5.3.12  
5.3.12.1  
5.3.12.2  
5.3.12.3  
Data Sheet  
I-1  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
5.3.12.4  
5.3.12.5  
5.4  
EBU Arbitration Signal Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173  
EBU DDR Timing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174  
Flash Memory Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-181  
Package and Reliability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-184  
Package Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-184  
Package Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185  
Quality Declarations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185  
5.5  
5.5.1  
5.5.2  
5.5.3  
6
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1  
Data Sheet  
I-2  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Data Sheet  
3
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Data Sheet  
4
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Summary of Features  
1
Summary of Features  
The SAK-TC1798F-512F300EL / SAK-TC1798F-512F300EP has the following  
features:  
High-performance 32-bit super-scalar TriCore V1.6 CPU with 6-stage pipeline  
– Superior real-time performance  
– Strong bit handling  
– Fully integrated DSP capabilities  
– Multiply-accumulate unit able to sustain 2 MAC operations per cycle  
– Fully pipelined Floating point unit (FPU)  
– 300 MHz operation at full temperature range  
32-bit Peripheral Control Processor with single cycle instruction (PCP2)  
– 16 Kbyte Parameter Memory (PRAM)  
– 32 Kbyte Code Memory (CMEM)  
– 200 MHz operation at full temperature range  
Multiple on-chip memories  
– 4 Mbyte Program Flash Memory (PFLASH) with ECC  
– 192 Kbyte Data Flash Memory (DFLASH) usable for EEPROM emulation  
– 2 x 8 Kbyte Key Flash  
– 128 Kbyte Data Scratch-Pad RAM (DSPR)  
– 16 Kbyte Instruction Cache (ICACHE)  
– 32 Kbyte Instruction Scratch-Pad RAM (PSPR)  
– 16 Kbyte Data Cache (DACHE)  
– 128 Kbyte Memory (SRAM)  
– 16 Kbyte BootROM (BROM)  
16-Channel DMA Controller  
8-Channel Safe DMA (SDMA) Controller  
Sophisticated interrupt system with 2 × 255 hardware priority arbitration levels  
serviced by CPU or PCP2  
High performing on-chip bus structure  
– 64-bit Cross Bar Interconnect between CPU, Flash and Data Memory  
– 32-bit System Peripheral Bus (SPB) for on-chip peripheral and functional units  
– One bus bridge (SFI Bridge)  
Versatile On-chip Peripheral Units  
– Two Asynchronous/Synchronous Serial Channels (ASC) with baud rate generator,  
parity, framing and overrun error detection  
– Four High-Speed Synchronous Serial Channels (SSC) with programmable data  
length and shift direction  
– Four SSC Guardian (SSCG) modules, one for each SSC  
– Two serial Micro Second Bus interfaces (MSC) for serial port expansion to external  
power devices  
– Two High-Speed Micro Link interfaces (MLI) for serial inter-processor  
communication  
Data Sheet  
1
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Summary of Features  
– One External Bus Interface (EBU) supporting different memories: asynchronous  
memories e.g. SRAM, peripheral devices; synchronous devices e.g. burst NOR  
flash, PSRAM; and DDR NOR flash e.g. LPDDR-NVM (Jedec 42.2), ONFI 2.0  
(limited frequency at 1.8 V I/O supply)  
– One MultiCAN Module with 4 CAN nodes and 128 free assignable message  
objects for high efficiency data handling via FIFO buffering and gateway data  
transfer (one CAN node supports TTCAN functionality)  
– One FlexRayTM module with 2 channels (E-Ray).  
– Two General Purpose Timer Array Modules (GPTA) with additional Local Timer  
Cell Array (LTCA2) providing a powerful set of digital signal filtering and timer  
functionality to realize autonomous and complex Input/Output management  
– Two Capture / Compare 6 modules  
– Two General Purpose 12 Timer Units (GPT120 and GPT121)  
64 analog input lines for ADC  
– 4 independent kernels (ADC0, ADC1, ADC2, and ADC3)  
– Analog supply voltage range from 3.3 V to 5 V (single supply)  
4 different FADC input channels  
– channels with impedance control and overlaid with ADC1 inputs  
– Extreme fast conversion, 21 cycles of fFADC clock  
– 10-bit A/D conversion (higher resolution can be achieved by averaging of  
consecutive conversions in digital data reduction filter)  
8 digital input lines for SENT  
– communication according to the SENT specification J2716 FEB2008  
238 digital general purpose I/O lines (GPIO)  
Digital I/O ports with 3.3 V capability  
On-chip debug support for OCDS Level 1 (CPU, PCP, DMA, On Chip Buses)  
Dedicated Emulation Device chip available (TC1798ED)  
– multi-core debugging, real time tracing, and calibration  
– four/five wire JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) or two wire DAP (Device Access Port) interface  
Power Management System  
Clock Generation Unit with PLL and PLL_ERAY  
Flexible CRC Engine (FCE)  
– IEEE 802.3 CRC32 ethernet polynomial: 0x82608EDB (CRC kernel 0)  
– CRC32C Castagnoli: 0xD419CC15 (CRC kernel 1)  
The SAK-TC1798N-512F300EP has the following features:  
High-performance 32-bit super-scalar TriCore V1.6 CPU with 6-stage pipeline  
– Superior real-time performance  
– Strong bit handling  
– Fully integrated DSP capabilities  
– Multiply-accumulate unit able to sustain 2 MAC operations per cycle  
– Fully pipelined Floating point unit (FPU)  
– 300 MHz operation at full temperature range  
Data Sheet  
2
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Summary of Features  
32-bit Peripheral Control Processor with single cycle instruction (PCP2)  
– 16 Kbyte Parameter Memory (PRAM)  
– 32 Kbyte Code Memory (CMEM)  
– 200 MHz operation at full temperature range  
Multiple on-chip memories  
– 4 Mbyte Program Flash Memory (PFLASH) with ECC  
– 192 Kbyte Data Flash Memory (DFLASH) usable for EEPROM emulation  
– 2 x 8 Kbyte Key Flash  
– 128 Kbyte Data Scratch-Pad RAM (DSPR)  
– 16 Kbyte Instruction Cache (ICACHE)  
– 32 Kbyte Instruction Scratch-Pad RAM (PSPR)  
– 16 Kbyte Data Cache (DACHE)  
– 128 Kbyte Memory (SRAM)  
– 16 Kbyte BootROM (BROM)  
16-Channel DMA Controller  
8-Channel Safe DMA (SDMA) Controller  
Sophisticated interrupt system with 2 × 255 hardware priority arbitration levels  
serviced by CPU or PCP2  
High performing on-chip bus structure  
– 64-bit Cross Bar Interconnect between CPU, Flash and Data Memory  
– 32-bit System Peripheral Bus (SPB) for on-chip peripheral and functional units  
– One bus bridge (SFI Bridge)  
Versatile On-chip Peripheral Units  
– Two Asynchronous/Synchronous Serial Channels (ASC) with baud rate generator,  
parity, framing and overrun error detection  
– Four High-Speed Synchronous Serial Channels (SSC) with programmable data  
length and shift direction  
– Four SSC Guardian (SSCG) modules, one for each SSC  
– Two serial Micro Second Bus interfaces (MSC) for serial port expansion to external  
power devices  
– Two High-Speed Micro Link interfaces (MLI) for serial inter-processor  
communication  
– One External Bus Interface (EBU) supporting different memories: asynchronous  
memories e.g. SRAM, peripheral devices; synchronous devices e.g. burst NOR  
flash, PSRAM; and DDR NOR flash e.g. LPDDR-NVM (Jedec 42.2), ONFI 2.0  
(limited frequency at 1.8 V I/O supply)  
– One MultiCAN Module with 4 CAN nodes and 128 free assignable message  
objects for high efficiency data handling via FIFO buffering and gateway data  
transfer (one CAN node supports TTCAN functionality)  
– Two General Purpose Timer Array Modules (GPTA) with additional Local Timer  
Cell Array (LTCA2) providing a powerful set of digital signal filtering and timer  
functionality to realize autonomous and complex Input/Output management  
– Two Capture / Compare 6 modules  
Data Sheet  
3
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Summary of Features  
– Two General Purpose 12 Timer Units (GPT120 and GPT121)  
64 analog input lines for ADC  
– 4 independent kernels (ADC0, ADC1, ADC2, and ADC3)  
– Analog supply voltage range from 3.3 V to 5 V (single supply)  
4 different FADC input channels  
– channels with impedance control and overlaid with ADC1 inputs  
– Extreme fast conversion, 21 cycles of fFADC clock  
– 10-bit A/D conversion (higher resolution can be achieved by averaging of  
consecutive conversions in digital data reduction filter)  
8 digital input lines for SENT  
– communication according to the SENT specification J2716 FEB2008  
238 digital general purpose I/O lines (GPIO)  
Digital I/O ports with 3.3 V capability  
On-chip debug support for OCDS Level 1 (CPU, PCP, DMA, On Chip Buses)  
Dedicated Emulation Device chip available (TC1798ED)  
– multi-core debugging, real time tracing, and calibration  
– four/five wire JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) or two wire DAP (Device Access Port) interface  
Power Management System  
Clock Generation Unit with PLL and PLL_ERAY  
Flexible CRC Engine (FCE)  
– IEEE 802.3 CRC32 ethernet polynomial: 0x82608EDB (CRC kernel 0)  
– CRC32C Castagnoli: 0xD419CC15 (CRC kernel 1)  
The SAK-TC1798S-512F300EP has the following features:  
High-performance 32-bit super-scalar TriCore V1.6 CPU with 6-stage pipeline  
– Superior real-time performance  
– Strong bit handling  
– Fully integrated DSP capabilities  
– Multiply-accumulate unit able to sustain 2 MAC operations per cycle  
– Fully pipelined Floating point unit (FPU)  
– 300 MHz operation at full temperature range  
32-bit Peripheral Control Processor with single cycle instruction (PCP2)  
– 16 Kbyte Parameter Memory (PRAM)  
– 32 Kbyte Code Memory (CMEM)  
– 200 MHz operation at full temperature range  
Multiple on-chip memories  
– 4 Mbyte Program Flash Memory (PFLASH) with ECC  
– 192 Kbyte Data Flash Memory (DFLASH) usable for EEPROM emulation  
– 2 x 8 Kbyte Key Flash  
– 128 Kbyte Data Scratch-Pad RAM (DSPR)  
– 16 Kbyte Instruction Cache (ICACHE)  
– 32 Kbyte Instruction Scratch-Pad RAM (PSPR)  
– 16 Kbyte Data Cache (DACHE)  
Data Sheet  
4
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Summary of Features  
– 128 Kbyte Memory (SRAM)  
– 16 Kbyte BootROM (BROM)  
16-Channel DMA Controller  
8-Channel Safe DMA (SDMA) Controller  
Sophisticated interrupt system with 2 × 255 hardware priority arbitration levels  
serviced by CPU or PCP2  
High performing on-chip bus structure  
– 64-bit Cross Bar Interconnect between CPU, Flash and Data Memory  
– 32-bit System Peripheral Bus (SPB) for on-chip peripheral and functional units  
– One bus bridge (SFI Bridge)  
Versatile On-chip Peripheral Units  
– Two Asynchronous/Synchronous Serial Channels (ASC) with baud rate generator,  
parity, framing and overrun error detection  
– Four High-Speed Synchronous Serial Channels (SSC) with programmable data  
length and shift direction  
– Four SSC Guardian (SSCG) modules, one for each SSC  
– Two serial Micro Second Bus interfaces (MSC) for serial port expansion to external  
power devices  
– Two High-Speed Micro Link interfaces (MLI) for serial inter-processor  
communication  
– One External Bus Interface (EBU) supporting different memories: asynchronous  
memories e.g. SRAM, peripheral devices; synchronous devices e.g. burst NOR  
flash, PSRAM; and DDR NOR flash e.g. LPDDR-NVM (Jedec 42.2), ONFI 2.0  
(limited frequency at 1.8 V I/O supply)  
– One MultiCAN Module with 4 CAN nodes and 128 free assignable message  
objects for high efficiency data handling via FIFO buffering and gateway data  
transfer (one CAN node supports TTCAN functionality)  
– One FlexRayTM module with 2 channels (E-Ray).  
– Two General Purpose Timer Array Modules (GPTA) with additional Local Timer  
Cell Array (LTCA2) providing a powerful set of digital signal filtering and timer  
functionality to realize autonomous and complex Input/Output management  
– Two Capture / Compare 6 modules  
– Two General Purpose 12 Timer Units (GPT120 and GPT121)  
64 analog input lines for ADC  
– 4 independent kernels (ADC0, ADC1, ADC2, and ADC3)  
– Analog supply voltage range from 3.3 V to 5 V (single supply)  
4 different FADC input channels  
– channels with impedance control and overlaid with ADC1 inputs  
– Extreme fast conversion, 21 cycles of fFADC clock  
– 10-bit A/D conversion (higher resolution can be achieved by averaging of  
consecutive conversions in digital data reduction filter)  
8 digital input lines for SENT  
– communication according to the SENT specification J2716 FEB2008  
Data Sheet  
5
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Summary of Features  
238 digital general purpose I/O lines (GPIO)  
Digital I/O ports with 3.3 V capability  
On-chip debug support for OCDS Level 1 (CPU, PCP, DMA, On Chip Buses)  
Dedicated Emulation Device chip available (TC1798ED)  
– multi-core debugging, real time tracing, and calibration  
– four/five wire JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) or two wire DAP (Device Access Port) interface  
Power Management System  
Clock Generation Unit with PLL and PLL_ERAY  
Flexible CRC Engine (FCE)  
– IEEE 802.3 CRC32 ethernet polynomial: 0x82608EDB (CRC kernel 0)  
– CRC32C Castagnoli: 0xD419CC15 (CRC kernel 1)  
Secure Hardware Extension (SHE)  
– For further information please contact your Infineon representative  
Data Sheet  
6
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Summary of Features  
Ordering Information  
The ordering code for Infineon microcontrollers provides an exact reference to the  
required product. This ordering code identifies:  
The derivative itself, i.e. its function set, the temperature range, and the supply  
voltage  
The package and the type of delivery.  
For the available ordering codes for the TC1798 please refer to the “Product Catalog  
Microcontrollers”, which summarizes all available microcontroller variants.  
This document describes the derivatives of the device.The Table 1 enumerates these  
derivatives and summarizes the differences.  
Table 1  
TC1798 Derivative Synopsis  
Derivative  
Ambient Temperature Range  
TA = -40oC to +125oC  
TA = -40oC to +125oC  
TA = -40oC to +125oC  
TA = -40oC to +125oC  
SAK-TC1798F-512F300EL  
SAK-TC1798F-512F300EP  
SAK-TC1798N-512F300EP  
SAK-TC1798S-512F300EP  
Data Sheet  
7
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
System Overview of the TC1798  
2
System Overview of the TC1798  
The TC1798 combines three powerful technologies within one silicon die, achieving new  
levels of power, speed, and economy for embedded applications:  
Reduced Instruction Set Computing (RISC) processor architecture  
Digital Signal Processing (DSP) operations and addressing modes  
On-chip memories and peripherals  
DSP operations and addressing modes provide the computational power necessary to  
efficiently analyze complex real-world signals. The RISC load/store architecture  
provides high computational bandwidth with low system cost. On-chip memory and  
peripherals are designed to support even the most demanding high-bandwidth real-time  
embedded control-systems tasks.  
Additional high-level features of the TC1798 include:  
Efficient memory organization: instruction and data scratch memories, caches  
Serial communication interfaces – flexible synchronous and asynchronous modes  
Peripheral Control Processor – standalone data operations and interrupt servicing  
DMA Controller – DMA operations and interrupt servicing  
General-purpose timers  
High-performance on-chip buses  
On-chip debugging and emulation facilities  
Flexible interconnections to external components  
Flexible power-management  
The TC1798 is a high-performance microcontroller with TriCore CPU, program and data  
memories, buses, bus arbitration, an interrupt controller, a peripheral control processor  
and a DMA controller and several on-chip peripherals. The TC1798 is designed to meet  
the needs of the most demanding embedded control systems applications where the  
competing issues of price/performance, real-time responsiveness, computational power,  
data bandwidth, and power consumption are key design elements.  
The TC1798 offers several versatile on-chip peripheral units such as serial controllers,  
timer units, and Analog-to-Digital converters. Within the TC1798, all these peripheral  
units are connected to the TriCore CPU/system via the Flexible Peripheral Interconnect  
(FPI) Bus and the Cross Bar Interconnect (SRI). Several I/O lines on the TC1798 ports  
are reserved for these peripheral units to communicate with the external world.  
Data Sheet  
8
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
System Overview of the TC1798Block Diagram  
2.1  
Block Diagram  
Figure 1 shows the block diagram of the SAK-TC1798S-512F300EP.  
Abbreviations:  
FPU  
ICACHE:  
DCACHE  
PSPR:  
Instruction Cache  
Data Cache  
Program Scratch-Pad RAM  
Data Scratch-Padl Data RAM  
Boot ROM  
Program Flash  
Data Flash  
Parameter RAM in PCP  
Code RAM in PCP  
SRI Cross Bar (XBar_SRI)  
On Chip Bus Slave Interface  
On Chip Bus Master Interface  
PMI  
DMI  
LMU  
DSPR:  
TriCore  
CPU  
128 KB DSPR  
32 KB PSPR  
16 KB ICACHE  
BROM:  
PFlash:  
DFlash:  
PRAM:  
CMEM:  
XBAR:  
16 KB DCACHE  
128 KB  
SRAM  
M/S  
M/S  
S
EBU  
S
:
:
Cross Bar Interconnect (SRI)  
M
XBAR  
S
S
M
M/S  
OCDSL1 Debug  
Interface/JTAG  
PMU0  
PMU1  
DMA  
16 channels  
(MemCheck)  
Bridge  
(SFI)  
2
2 MB PFlash  
192 KB DFlash  
16 KB BROM  
KeyFlash  
2 MB PFlash  
MLI  
M/S  
M/S  
16 KB PRAM  
Interrupt  
System  
SDMA  
2
4
4
8 channels  
ASC  
PCP2  
SHE  
STM  
SBCU  
Ports  
SSC  
Core  
SSCG  
BMU  
SSC Guardian  
32 KB CMEM  
E-Ray  
(2 Channels)  
5V (3.3V su  
pported as well)  
Ext. ADC Su  
pply  
External  
Request Unit  
MultiCAN  
(4 Nodes, 128 MO)  
2
2
2
ADC0  
ADC1  
ADC2  
ADC3  
CCU6  
(2xCCU6)  
(5V max)  
SENT  
(8 channels )  
64  
FCE  
GPT120  
SCU  
GPTA0  
GPTA1  
LTCA2  
MSC  
FM-PLL  
(LVDS)  
(3.3V max)  
PLL E-RAY  
FADC  
8
System Peripheral Bus (SPB)  
3.3V  
Ext. FADC Supply  
TC1798  
Figure 1  
Block Diagram  
Data Sheet  
9
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
System Overview of the TC1798Block Diagram  
Figure 1 shows the block diagram of the SAK-TC1798F-512F300EL / SAK-TC1798F-  
512F300EP.  
Abbreviations:  
FPU  
ICACHE:  
DCACHE  
PSPR:  
Instruction Cache  
Data Cache  
Program Scratch-Pad RAM  
Data Scratch-Padl Data RAM  
Boot ROM  
Program Flash  
Data Flash  
Parameter RAM in PCP  
Code RAM in PCP  
SRI Cross Bar (XBar_SRI)  
On Chip Bus Slave Interface  
On Chip Bus Master Interface  
PMI  
DMI  
LMU  
DSPR:  
TriCore  
CPU  
128 KB DSPR  
32 KB PSPR  
16 KB ICACHE  
BROM:  
PFlash:  
DFlash:  
PRAM:  
CMEM:  
XBAR:  
16 KB DCACHE  
128 KB  
SRAM  
M/S  
M/S  
S
EBU  
S
:
:
Cross Bar Interconnect (SRI)  
M
XBAR  
S
S
M
M/S  
OCDS L1 Debug  
Interface/JTAG  
PMU0  
PMU1  
DMA  
16 channels  
(MemCheck)  
Bridge  
(SFI)  
2
2 MB PFlash  
192 KB DFlash  
16 KB BROM  
KeyFlash  
2 MB PFlash  
MLI  
M/S  
M/S  
16 KB PRAM  
Interrupt  
System  
SDMA  
2
4
4
8 channels  
ASC  
PCP2  
STM  
SBCU  
Ports  
SSC  
Core  
SSCG  
BMU  
SSC Guardian  
32 KB CMEM  
E-Ray  
(2 Channels)  
5V (3.3V su  
pported as well)  
Ext. ADC Su  
pply  
External  
Request Unit  
MultiCAN  
(4 Nodes, 128 MO)  
2
2
2
ADC0  
ADC1  
ADC2  
ADC3  
CCU6  
(2xCCU6)  
(5V max)  
SENT  
(8 channels )  
64  
FCE  
GPT120  
SCU  
GPTA0  
GPTA1  
LTCA2  
MSC  
FM-PLL  
(LVDS)  
(3.3V max)  
PLL E-RAY  
FADC  
8
System Peripheral Bus (SPB)  
3.3V  
Ext. FADC Supply  
TC1798  
Figure 2  
Block Diagram  
Figure 1 shows the block diagram of the SAK-TC1798N-512F300EP.  
Data Sheet  
10  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
System Overview of the TC1798Block Diagram  
Abbreviations:  
FPU  
ICACHE:  
DCACHE  
PSPR:  
Instruction Cache  
Data Cache  
Program Scratch-Pad RAM  
Data Scratch-Padl Data RAM  
Boot ROM  
Program Flash  
Data Flash  
Parameter RAM in PCP  
Code RAM in PCP  
SRI Cross Bar (XBar_SRI)  
On Chip Bus Slave Interface  
On Chip Bus Master Interface  
PMI  
DMI  
LMU  
DSPR:  
TriCore  
CPU  
128 KB DSPR  
32 KB PSPR  
16 KB ICACHE  
BROM:  
PFlash:  
DFlash:  
PRAM:  
CMEM:  
XBAR:  
16 KB DCACHE  
128 KB  
SRAM  
M/S  
M/S  
S
EBU  
S
:
:
Cross Bar Interconnect (SRI)  
M
XBAR  
S
S
M
M/S  
OCDS L1 Debug  
Interface/JTAG  
PMU0  
PMU1  
DMA  
16 channels  
(MemCheck)  
Bridge  
(SFI)  
2
2 MB PFlash  
192 KB DFlash  
16 KB BROM  
KeyFlash  
2 MB PFlash  
MLI  
M/S  
M/S  
16 KB PRAM  
Interrupt  
System  
SDMA  
2
4
4
8 channels  
ASC  
PCP2  
STM  
SBCU  
Ports  
SSC  
Core  
SSCG  
BMU  
SSC Guardian  
32 KB CMEM  
5V (3.3V su  
pported as well)  
Ext. ADC Su  
pply  
External  
Request Unit  
MultiCAN  
(4 Nodes, 128 MO)  
2
2
2
ADC0  
ADC1  
ADC2  
ADC3  
CCU6  
(2xCCU6)  
(5V max)  
SENT  
(8 channels )  
64  
FCE  
GPT120  
SCU  
GPTA0  
GPTA1  
LTCA2  
MSC  
FM-PLL  
(LVDS)  
(3.3V max)  
PLL E-RAY  
FADC  
8
System Peripheral Bus (SPB)  
3.3V  
Ext. FADC Supply  
TC1798  
Figure 3  
Block Diagram  
Data Sheet  
11  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Pinning  
3
Pinning  
Figure 4 is showing the TC1798 Logic Symbol.  
Alternate Functions :  
1)  
16  
16  
14  
16  
16  
16  
12  
8
GPTA / HWCFG / E-RAY /  
GPT12  
PORST  
Port 0  
Port 1  
Port 2  
Port 3  
Port 4  
Port 5  
Port 6  
Port 7  
Port 8  
Port 9  
TESTMODE  
GPTA / MLI0 / ERU / SSC1 /  
SSC3 / CCU6 / GPT12  
General Control  
ESR0  
GPTA / SSC0 / SSC1  
ESR1  
GPTA/ CCU6 / GPT12  
GPTA / SSC2 / CCU6 / GPT12  
TRST  
TCK / DAP0  
ASC0 / ASC1 / MSC0 / MSC1 /  
LVDS / MLI0 / CCU6 / GPT12  
TDI / BRKIN/  
OCDS /  
BRKOUT  
JTAG Control  
ASC0 / ASC1 / SSC1 / CAN /  
TDO /BRKOUT/  
DAP2 / BRKIN  
1)  
E-RAY / CCU6 / GPT12  
ERU / ADC-Mux / SSC3  
TMS / DAP1  
8
MLI1 / GPTA/ SENT /  
CCU6 / GPT12  
MSC0 / MSC1 / GPTA /  
SENT / CCU6 / GPT12  
XTAL1  
XTAL2  
15  
6
16  
8
VDDOSC  
SSC0  
EBU  
Port 10  
Port 11  
Port 12  
Port 13  
Port 14  
Port 15  
Port 16  
VDDOSC3  
Oscillator  
VSSOSC  
/
3
TC1798  
VSS  
EBU  
VDDPF  
VDDPF3  
16  
16  
16  
GPTA / EBU  
8
17  
14  
2
GPTA/ EBU / CCU6 / GPT12  
EBU / CCU6 / GPT12  
EBU  
VDDEBU  
VDDP  
VDD  
VDDFL3  
Digital Circuitry  
Power Supply  
13  
16  
8
77  
2
VSS  
SENT  
Port 17  
Port 18  
(Overlay with Analog Inputs )  
VDDSB  
(ED only, N.C. in PD)  
SSC2  
2
VSSAF  
ADC / FADC  
Analog Inputs  
VSSMF  
AN[71:0]  
VFAGND  
VFAREF  
VDDMF  
VDDAF  
4
FADC Analog  
Power Supply  
VAREFx  
VAGNDx  
VDDM  
4
ADC0 /ADC1 / ADC2 /ADC3  
Analog Power Supply  
3
VSSM  
1) Only available for SAK -TC-  
1798 S-512F300EP / SAK-TC-  
1798 F-512 F300EP / SAK-TC-  
1798 F-512 F300EL  
51  
N.C.  
TC1798_LogSym_516  
Figure 4  
TC1798 Logic Symbol  
Data Sheet  
12  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
3.1  
TC1798 Pin Configuration  
This chapter shows the pin configuration of the TC1798 package PG-LFBGA- 516.  
30  
29  
28  
27 26  
25  
24  
23 22  
21  
20  
19 18  
17 16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
VA  
VA  
AK VSS P15.13 P16.2 P16.8 P15.1 P15.8 P15.3 P16.4 VSS VDDE P15.12 P15.7 P15.5 P16.0 VSSP VDDP P4.15 NC  
NC VSSMF  
AN71 AN69 AN67 AN65 NC NC NC NC  
GND3 GND1  
VA VA  
GND2 REF3  
AJ VDD VSS P15.10 P15.9 P15.0 P15.2 P15.11 P16.5 VSS VDDE P16.3 P16.1 P15.6 P15.4 VSSP VDDP P4.13 P4.11 NC VSSMF  
AN70 AN68 AN66 AN64 NC NC NC NC  
AH P15.15 VDD  
AG P15.14 P16.6  
AF P14.15 P16.7  
NC NC  
AN62 AN63  
AN60 AN61  
VA  
VA AN39 AN37  
AN34 AN1 NC  
AE P14.13 P14.14  
VSS P14.6 P14.8 VSS P10.5 P10.0 P10.3 P4.7 P4.3 VSSP VSSMFAN30 AN26  
VF  
AN58 AN59  
GND0 REF0 P17.11 P17.9  
VA VA AN38 AN36  
REF2 REF1 P17.10 P17.8  
AD P14.11 P14.12  
AC P14.9 P14.10  
AB P14.7 P16.12  
VDD VSS P14.4 VDDE P10.4 P10.1 P4.10 P4.6 P4.2 VDDP  
AN29 AN25  
AN33 AN2 AN3  
AN4 AN44  
AN56 AN57  
AN54 AN55  
AN52 AN53  
AGND  
P14.2 VDD  
VDD VFA  
MF REF  
AN43 AN41  
AN47 AN32  
P17.15 P17.13  
P14.0 P13.15  
P13.14 P13.13  
P13.12 P13.11  
P13.9 P13.8  
P13.5 P13.4  
VDDE VDDE  
VSS VSS  
VSS P10.2 P4.14 P4.9 P4.5 P4.1  
VDD VSS P4.12 P4.8 P4.4 P4.0  
AN28 AN24  
AN5 AN45  
VDD  
AF  
AN42 AN40  
AN7 AN0  
AA P14.5 P16.11  
AN31 AN27 AN35  
AN6 AN46  
AN50 AN51  
VSSM VSSM  
AN48 AN49  
NC NC  
P17.14 P17.12  
P13.1  
VDD  
0
AN8 AN9  
P17.0 P17.1  
Y
W
V
U
T
P14.3 P16.10  
P14.1 P16.9  
P12.4 P12.5  
VDDE VDDE  
VSS VSS  
VDDM VSSM  
AN10 AN11  
P17.2 P17.3  
AN12 AN13  
P17.4 P17.5  
P13.7 P13.6  
P13.3 P13.2  
P13.1 P13.0  
VDD VSS VSS VSS VSS VDD  
VSS VSS VSS VSS  
AN14 AN15  
P17.6 P17.7  
VDD  
VSS VSS  
VDD  
AN16 AN17  
AN18 AN19  
VSS VSS  
VSS VSS  
AN20 AN21  
AN22 AN23  
VDDP VSSP  
P7.2 P7.1  
P1.12 P1.0  
P1.6 P1.7  
P8.4 P8.0  
P8.3 P6.15  
P6.11 P6.14  
P6.10 P6.13  
NC NC  
VDD VDD  
PF3 FL3  
VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS  
VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS  
NC  
NC  
VDDP VDDP  
VSSP VSSP  
P7.6 P7.7  
NC NC  
VSS VSS  
OSC OSC  
VDD VDD  
PF OSC3  
VDD  
FL3  
R
P
N
M
L
XTAL1 XTAL2  
P7.5  
VSS VDD  
OSC OSC  
P12.2 P12.3  
P12.0 P12.1  
P11.14 P11.15  
P11.12 P11.13  
P11.10 P11.11  
P11.8 P11.9  
P11.6 P11.7  
P11.4 P11.5  
P11.2 P11.3  
TDI TMS  
TDO P9.14  
VSS VSS  
VDD  
VSS VSS  
VSS VSS  
VDD  
P7.4 P7.3  
P7.0 P1.1  
P1.9 P8.6  
P8.5 P8.7  
TCK TRST  
ESR1 ESR0  
P9.10 PORST  
P9.7 P9.8  
P9.2 P9.1  
P9.3 P9.4  
VSS VSS VSS VSS  
Test  
P9.13  
mode  
VDD VSS VSS VSS VSS VDD  
P1.2 P1.3  
P1.8 P1.4  
P1.10 P1.11  
P1.5 P1.13  
P1.14 P1.15  
NC NC  
P9.5 P9.6  
K
J
P9.0 VSSP P5.5 P3.0 P3.4 P3.12 P0.1 P0.3 P0.5 P0.7 P2.6 P8.1 VSSP P8.2  
VSSP P5.7 P5.2 P5.12 P3.10 P0.0 P0.2 P0.4 P0.6 P2.10 P2.5 P2.4 P6.7 VSSP  
H
G
F
P5.6 VSSP VDDP P5.9 P5.8 P5.3 P5.13 P5.14 P0.10 P0.13 VDDP P0.9 P2.12 P2.7 P2.3 P6.8 P6.4 VDDP VSSP P6.12  
VSSP VDDP P5.4 P5.11 P5.10 P5.0 P5.1 P5.15 P0.11 P0.12 VSSP P0.14 P2.14 P2.8 P2.2 P6.9 P6.6 P6.5 VDDP NC  
NC NC  
E
D
C
P11.0 P11.1  
P12.6 P12.7  
VDDE NC  
NC NC  
NC NC  
NC NC  
B
A
VSS VSSP VDDP P9.12 NC NC  
VSSP VDDP P9.9 P9.11 NC NC  
NC NC P3.1 P3.3 P3.6 P3.8 P3.11 NC VDDP VSSP NC P3.14 P0.8 P18.0 P18.2 P18.4 P18.6 P2.13 P2.9 NC NC VDDP VSSP NC  
NC NC P3.2 P3.5 P3.7 P3.9 P3.13 NC VDDP VSSP NC P3.15 P0.15 P18.1 P18.3 P18.5 P18.7 P2.15 P2.11 NC NC NC VDDP NC  
Figure 5  
TC1798 Pinning for PG-LFBGA- 516 Package  
Data Sheet  
13  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
Port 0  
J17  
P0.0  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
PU  
HWCFG0  
OUT56  
OUT56  
OUT80  
P0.1  
Hardware Configuration Input 0  
OUT56 Line of GPTA0  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT56 Line of GPTA1  
OUT80 Line of LTCA2  
K16  
J16  
K15  
A1/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
Hardware Configuration Input 1  
OUT57 Line of GPTA0  
HWCFG1  
OUT57  
OUT57  
OUT81  
P0.2  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT57 Line of GPTA1  
OUT81 Line of LTCA2  
A2/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
Hardware Configuration Input 2  
OUT58 Line of GPTA0  
HWCFG2  
OUT58  
OUT58  
OUT82  
P0.3  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT58 Line of GPTA1  
OUT82 Line of LTCA2  
A1/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
Hardware Configuration Input 3  
OUT59 Line of GPTA0  
HWCFG3  
OUT59  
OUT59  
OUT83  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT59 Line of GPTA1  
OUT83 Line of LTCA2  
Data Sheet  
14  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
J15  
P0.4  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
Hardware Configuration Input 4  
OUT60 Line of GPTA0  
OUT60 Line of GPTA1  
MCDS Output Event 01)  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
Hardware Configuration Input 5  
OUT61 Line of GPTA0  
OUT61 Line of GPTA1  
MCDS Output Event 11)  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
Hardware Configuration Input 6  
OUT62 Line of GPTA0  
OUT62 Line of GPTA1  
MCDS Output Event 21)  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
Hardware Configuration Input 7  
OUT63 Line of GPTA0  
OUT63 Line of GPTA1  
MCDS Output Event 31)  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
-
HWCFG4  
OUT60  
OUT60  
EVTO0  
P0.5  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
K14  
J14  
K13  
B12  
A1/  
PU  
HWCFG5  
OUT61  
OUT61  
EVTO1  
P0.6  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
HWCFG6  
OUT62  
OUT62  
EVTO2  
P0.7  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
HWCFG7  
OUT63  
OUT63  
EVTO3  
P0.8  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A1/  
PU  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
-
-
Data Sheet  
15  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
G14  
P0.9  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
RXDA0  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P0.10  
E-Ray Channel A Receive Data Input 0 2)  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
-
-
-
G17  
F17  
A2/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
TXENA  
E-Ray Channel A transmit Data Output  
enable 2)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P0.11  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
A2/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
T5INB  
GPT120  
GPT121  
T5INA  
I
TXENB  
O1  
E-Ray Channel B transmit Data Output  
enable 2)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P0.12  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
F16  
A2/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
T5EUDA  
T5EUDB  
TXDB  
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
E-Ray Channel B transmit Data Output 2)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
-
-
Data Sheet  
16  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
G16  
P0.13  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
RXDB0  
T5EUDB  
T5EUDA  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P0.14  
E-Ray Channel B Receive Data Input 0 2)  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
-
F14  
A2/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
T6INA  
GPT120  
T6INB  
I
GPT121  
TXDA  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
E-Ray Channel A transmit Data Output 2)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P0.15  
-
-
A12  
A1/  
PU  
Port 0 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
-
-
-
Port 1  
N6  
P1.0  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
REQ0  
External trigger Input 0  
EXTCLK1  
Reserved  
Reserved  
O1  
O2  
O3  
External Clock Output 1  
-
-
Data Sheet  
17  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
N9  
P1.1  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
REQ1  
External trigger Input 1  
CC60INA  
CC60INB  
CC60  
I
CCU60  
I
CCU61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
CCU60  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P1.2  
-
-
M2  
M1  
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
REQ2  
External trigger Input 2  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P1.3  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
-
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
REQ3  
External trigger Input 3  
TREADY0B  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P1.4  
I
MLI0 transmit Channel ready Input B  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
-
-
-
L1  
A2/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
TCLK0  
MLI0 transmit Channel Clock Output  
Reserved  
Reserved  
-
-
Data Sheet  
18  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
J2  
P1.5  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 35  
MLI0 transmit Channel ready Input A  
-
TREADY0A  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P1.6  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
M7  
M6  
A2/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
MLI0 transmit Channel valid Output A  
SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 10  
CCU60  
TVALID0A  
SLSO10  
COUT60  
P1.7  
A2/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
CCU60  
CC61INB  
CC61INA  
TData0  
CC61  
I
CCU61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
MLI0 transmit Channel Data Output  
CCU61  
T3OUT  
P1.8  
GPT120  
L2  
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
MLI0 Receive Channel Clock Input A  
OUT64 Line of GPTA0  
OUT64 Line of GPTA1  
OUT88 Line of LTCA2  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
MLI0 Receive Channel ready Output A  
SSC 1Slave Select Output Line 11  
OUT65 Line of GPTA0  
RCLK0A  
OUT64  
OUT64  
OUT88  
P1.9  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
M10  
A2/  
PU  
RREADY0A O1  
SLSO11  
OUT65  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
19  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
K2  
P1.10  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
MLI0 Receive Channel valid Input A  
OUT66 Line of GPTA0  
RVALID0A  
OUT66  
OUT66  
OUT90  
P1.11  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT66 Line of GPTA1  
OUT90 Line of LTCA2  
K1  
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
MLI0 Receive Channel Data Input A  
SSC3 Input  
RDATA0A  
SLSI3  
I
OUT67  
OUT67  
OUT91  
P1.12  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT67 Line of GPTA0  
OUT67 Line of GPTA1  
OUT91 Line of LTCA2  
N7  
J1  
A2/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
External Clock Output 0  
OUT68 Line of GPTA0  
EXTCLK0  
OUT68  
OUT68  
P1.13  
OUT68 Line of GPTA1  
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
MLI0 Receive Channel Clock Input B  
OUT69 Line of GPTA0  
RCLK0B  
OUT69  
OUT69  
OUT93  
P1.14  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT69 Line of GPTA1  
OUT93 Line of LTCA2  
H2  
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
MLI0 Receive Channel valid Input B  
OUT70 Line of GPTA0  
RVALID0B  
OUT70  
OUT70  
OUT94  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT70 Line of GPTA1  
OUT94 Line of LTCA2  
Data Sheet  
20  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
H1  
P1.15  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 1 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
MLI0 Receive Channel Data Input B  
OUT71 Line of GPTA0  
RDATA0B  
OUT71  
OUT71  
OUT95  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT71 Line of GPTA1  
OUT95 Line of LTCA2  
Port 2  
F11  
P2.2  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A1+/ Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
PU  
SLSO02  
SLSO12  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 2  
SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 12  
SLSO02  
AND  
SSC0 & SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 2  
AND Slave Select Output Line 12  
SLSO12  
G11  
P2.3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A1+/ Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
PU  
SLSO03  
SLSO13  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 3  
SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 13  
SLSO03  
AND  
SSC0 & SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 3  
AND Slave Select Output Line 13  
SLSO13  
J11  
P2.4  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A1+/ Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
PU  
SLSO04  
SLSO14  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 4  
SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 14  
SLSO04  
AND  
SSC0 & SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 4  
AND Slave Select Output Line 14  
SLSO14  
Data Sheet  
21  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
J12  
P2.5  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A1+/ Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
PU  
SLSO05  
SLSO15  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 5  
SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 15  
SLSO05  
AND  
SSC0 & SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 5  
AND Slave Select Output Line 15  
SLSO15  
K12  
P2.6  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A1+/ Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
PU  
SLSO06  
SLSO16  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 6  
SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 16  
SLSO06  
AND  
SSC0 & SSC1 Slave Select Output Line 6  
AND Slave Select Output Line 16  
SLSO16  
G12  
P2.7  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A1+/ Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
PU  
SLSO07  
SLSO17  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 7  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 17  
SLSO07  
AND  
SSC0 & SSC1 Slave Select Output Line  
7AND Slave Select Output Line 17  
SLSO17  
Data Sheet  
22  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
F12  
P2.8  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
IN0 Line of GPTA0  
IN0 Line of GPTA1  
IN0 Line of LTCA2  
CCU62  
IN0  
I
IN0  
I
IN0  
I
CCPOS0A  
T12HRB  
T3INB  
T3INA  
OUT0  
OUT0  
OUT0  
P2.9  
I
I
CCU63  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT0 Line of GPTA0  
OUT0 Line of GPTA1  
OUT0 Line of LTCA2  
Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
IN1 Line of GPTA0  
IN1 Line of GPTA1  
IN1 Line of LTCA2  
OUT1 Line of GPTA0  
OUT1 Line of GPTA1  
OUT1 Line of LTCA2  
B6  
A1/  
PU  
IN1  
IN1  
I
IN1  
I
OUT1  
OUT1  
OUT1  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
23  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
J13  
P2.10  
IN2  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
IN2 Line of GPTA0  
IN2 Line of GPTA1  
IN2 Line of LTCA2  
CCU60  
I
IN2  
I
IN2  
I
T12HRE  
CC61INC  
CTRAPA  
CC60INC  
CTRAPB  
OUT2  
OUT2  
OUT2  
P2.11  
IN3  
I
I
CCU60  
I
CCU61  
I
CCU61  
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT2 Line of GPTA0  
OUT2 Line of GPTA1  
OUT2 Line of LTCA2  
Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
IN3 Line of GPTA0  
IN3 Line of GPTA1  
IN3 Line of LTCA2  
OUT3 Line of GPTA0  
OUT3 Line of GPTA1  
OUT3 Line of LTCA2  
A6  
A1/  
PU  
IN3  
I
IN3  
I
OUT3  
OUT3  
OUT3  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
24  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
G13  
P2.12  
IN4  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
IN4 Line of GPTA0  
IN4 Line of GPTA1  
IN4 Line of LTCA2  
CCU62  
I
IN4  
I
IN4  
I
T12HRB  
CCPOS0A  
T2INB  
T2INA  
OUT4  
OUT4  
OUT4  
P2.13  
IN5  
I
I
CCU63  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT4 Line of GPTA0  
OUT4 Line of GPTA1  
OUT4 Line of LTCA2  
Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
IN5 Line of GPTA0  
IN5 Line of GPTA1  
IN5 Line of LTCA2  
OUT5 Line of GPTA0  
OUT5 Line of GPTA1  
OUT5 Line of LTCA2  
B7  
A1/  
PU  
IN5  
I
IN5  
I
OUT5  
OUT5  
OUT5  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
25  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
F13  
P2.14  
IN6  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
IN6 Line of GPTA0  
IN6 Line of GPTA1  
IN6 Line of LTCA2  
CCU60  
I
IN6  
I
IN6  
I
CCPOS0A  
T12HRB  
T3INA  
T3INB  
OUT6  
OUT6  
OUT6  
P2.15  
IN7  
I
I
CCU61  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT6 Line of GPTA0  
OUT6 Line of GPTA1  
OUT6 Line of LTCA2  
Port 2 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
IN7 Line of GPTA0  
IN7 Line of GPTA1  
IN7 Line of LTCA2  
OUT7 Line of GPTA0  
OUT7 Line of GPTA1  
OUT7 Line of LTCA2  
A7  
A1/  
PU  
IN7  
I
IN7  
I
OUT7  
OUT7  
OUT7  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Port 3  
Data Sheet  
26  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
K19  
P3.0  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
IN8 Line of GPTA0  
IN8 Line of GPTA1  
IN8 Line of LTCA2  
CCU62  
IN8  
I
IN8  
I
IN8  
I
CTRAPA  
CTRPAB  
CC60INC  
T12HRE  
CC61INC  
T5INA  
T5INB  
OUT8  
OUT8  
OUT8  
P3.1  
I
I
CCU61  
I
CCU61  
I
CCU63  
I
CCU63  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT8 Line of GPTA0  
OUT8 Line of GPTA1  
OUT8 Line of LTCA2  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
IN9 Line of GPTA0  
IN9 Line of GPTA1  
IN9 Line of LTCA2  
OUT9 Line of GPTA0  
OUT9 Line of GPTA1  
OUT9 Line of LTCA2  
B22  
A1/  
PU  
IN9  
IN9  
I
IN9  
I
OUT9  
OUT9  
OUT9  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
27  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
A22  
P3.2  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
IN10 Line of GPTA0  
IN10 Line of GPTA1  
IN10 Line of LTCA2  
IN10  
IN10  
I
IN10  
I
T13HRE  
OUT10  
OUT10  
OUT10  
P3.3  
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT10 Line of GPTA0  
OUT10 Line of GPTA1  
OUT10 Line of LTCA2  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
IN11 Line of GPTA0  
IN11 Line of GPTA1  
IN11 Line of LTCA2  
B21  
A1/  
PU  
IN11  
IN11  
I
IN11  
I
OUT11  
OUT11  
OUT11  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT11 Line of GPTA0  
OUT11 Line of GPTA1  
OUT11 Line of LTCA2  
Data Sheet  
28  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
K18  
P3.4  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
IN12 Line of GPTA0  
IN12 Line of GPTA1  
IN12 Line of LTCA2  
CCU62  
IN12  
I
IN12  
I
IN12  
I
T12HRE  
CC61INC  
CTRAPA  
CTRAPB  
CC60INC  
OUT12  
OUT12  
OUT12  
P3.5  
I
I
CCU62  
I
CCU63  
I
CCU60  
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT12 Line of GPTA0  
OUT12 Line of GPTA1  
OUT12 Line of LTCA2  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
IN13 Line of GPTA0  
IN13 Line of GPTA1  
IN13 Line of LTCA2  
OUT13 Line of GPTA0  
OUT13 Line of GPTA1  
OUT13 Line of LTCA2  
A21  
A1/  
PU  
IN13  
IN13  
I
IN13  
I
OUT13  
OUT13  
OUT13  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
29  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
B20  
P3.6  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
IN14 Line of GPTA0  
IN14 Line of GPTA1  
IN14 Line of LTCA2  
CCU62  
IN14  
I
IN14  
I
IN14  
I
T13HRE  
T6EUDB  
T6EUDA  
OUT14  
OUT14  
OUT14  
P3.7  
I
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT14 Line of GPTA0  
OUT14 Line of GPTA1  
OUT14 Line of LTCA2  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
IN15 Line of GPTA0  
IN15 Line of GPTA1  
IN15 Line of LTCA2  
OUT15 Line of GPTA0  
OUT15 Line of GPTA1  
OUT15 Line of LTCA2  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
IN16 Line of GPTA0  
IN16 Line of GPTA1  
IN16 Line of LTCA2  
CCU61  
A20  
A1/  
PU  
IN15  
IN15  
I
IN15  
I
OUT15  
OUT15  
OUT15  
P3.8  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
B19  
A1/  
PU  
IN16  
IN16  
I
IN16  
I
T13HRE  
OUT16  
OUT16  
OUT16  
I
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT16 Line of GPTA0  
OUT16 Line of GPTA1  
OUT16 Line of LTCA2  
Data Sheet  
30  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
A19  
P3.9  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
IN17 Line of GPTA0  
IN17  
I
IN17  
I
IN17 Line of GPTA1  
IN17  
I
IN17 Line of LTCA2  
OUT17  
OUT17  
OUT17  
P3.10  
IN18  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT17 Line of GPTA0  
OUT17 Line of GPTA1  
OUT17 Line of LTCA2  
J18  
A1+/ Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
PU  
IN18 Line of GPTA0  
IN18  
I
IN18 Line of GPTA1  
IN18 Line of LTCA2  
CCU62  
IN18  
I
CCPOS1A  
T13HRB  
T3EUDB  
T3EUDA  
OUT18  
OUT18  
OUT18  
P3.11  
IN19  
I
I
CCU63  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT18 Line of GPTA0  
OUT18 Line of GPTA1  
OUT18 Line of LTCA2  
B18  
A1/  
PU  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
IN19 Line of GPTA0  
IN19  
I
IN19 Line of GPTA1  
IN19  
I
IN19 Line of LTCA2  
OUT19  
OUT19  
OUT19  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT19 Line of GPTA0  
OUT19 Line of GPTA1  
OUT19 Line of LTCA2  
Data Sheet  
31  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
K17  
P3.12  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
IN20 Line of GPTA0  
IN20 Line of GPTA1  
IN20 Line of LTCA2  
CCU62  
IN20  
I
IN20  
I
IN20  
I
CCPOS2A  
T12HRC  
T13HRC  
T4INB  
T4INA  
OUT20  
OUT20  
OUT20  
P3.13  
I
I
CCU63  
I
CCU63  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT20 Line of GPTA0  
OUT20 Line of GPTA1  
OUT20 Line of LTCA2  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
IN21 Line of GPTA0  
IN21 Line of GPTA1  
IN21 Line of LTCA2  
OUT21 Line of GPTA0  
OUT21 Line of GPTA1  
OUT21 Line of LTCA2  
A18  
A1/  
PU  
IN21  
IN21  
I
IN21  
I
OUT21  
OUT21  
OUT21  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
32  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
B13  
P3.14  
IN22  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
IN22 Line of GPTA0  
IN22  
I
IN22 Line of GPTA1  
IN22  
I
IN22 Line of LTCA2  
T13HRE  
OUT22  
OUT22  
OUT22  
P3.15  
IN23  
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT22 Line of GPTA0  
OUT22 Line of GPTA1  
OUT22 Line of LTCA2  
Port 3 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
IN23 Line of GPTA0  
A13  
A1/  
PU  
IN23  
I
IN23 Line of GPTA1  
IN23  
I
IN23 Line of LTCA2  
OUT23  
OUT23  
OUT23  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT23 Line of GPTA0  
OUT23 Line of GPTA1  
OUT23 Line of LTCA2  
Port 4  
AA17 P4.0  
IN24  
I/O  
A1+/ Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
PU  
I
IN24 Line of GPTA0  
IN24  
I
IN24 Line of GPTA1  
IN24  
I
IN24 Line of LTCA2  
MRST2A  
I
SSC2 Master Receive Input A (Master Mode)  
OUT24 Line of GPTA0  
OUT24  
OUT24  
MRST2  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT24 Line of GPTA1  
SSC2 Slave Transmit Output (Slave Mode)  
Data Sheet  
33  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AB17 P4.1  
IN25  
I/O  
A1+/ Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
PU  
I
I
I
I
I
IN25 Line of GPTA0  
IN25  
IN25 Line of GPTA1  
IN25  
IN25 Line of LTCA2  
MTSR2A  
SSC2 Slave Receive Input A (Slave Mode)  
MRSTG2A  
SSC Guardian 2 Master Receive Input A  
(Master Mode)  
OUT25  
OUT25  
MTSR2  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT25 Line of GPTA0  
OUT25 Line of GPTA1  
SSC2 Master Transmit Output (Master  
Mode)3)  
AD17 P4.2  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
PU  
IN26  
IN26 Line of GPTA0  
IN26  
I
IN26 Line of GPTA1  
IN26 Line of LTCA2  
IN26  
I
SCLK2  
OUT26  
OUT26  
SCLK2  
I
SSC2 Input  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT26 Line of GPTA0  
OUT26 Line of GPTA1  
SSC2 Output  
AE17 P4.3  
A1+/ Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
PU  
IN27  
IN27 Line of GPTA0  
IN27  
I
IN27 Line of GPTA1  
IN27 Line of LTCA2  
OUT27 Line of GPTA0  
OUT27 Line of GPTA1  
SSC2 Output  
IN27  
I
OUT27  
OUT27  
SLSO20  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
34  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AA18 P4.4  
IN28  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
PU  
IN28 Line of GPTA0  
IN28 Line of GPTA1  
IN28 Line of LTCA2  
OUT28 Line of GPTA0  
OUT28 Line of GPTA1  
SSC2 Output  
IN28  
I
IN28  
I
OUT28  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT28  
SLSO21  
AB18 P4.5  
A1+/ Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
PU  
IN29  
IN29 Line of GPTA0  
IN29  
I
IN29 Line of GPTA1  
IN29 Line of LTCA2  
IN29  
I
OUT29  
OUT29  
SLSO22  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT29 Line of GPTA0  
OUT29 Line of GPTA1  
SSC2 Output  
AD18 P4.6  
A1+/ Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
PU  
IN30  
IN30 Line of GPTA0  
IN30  
I
IN30 Line of GPTA1  
IN30 Line of LTCA2  
OUT30 Line of GPTA0  
OUT30 Line of GPTA1  
SSC2 Output  
IN30  
I
OUT30  
OUT30  
SLSO23  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
35  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AE18 P4.7  
IN31  
I/O  
A1+/ Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
PU  
I
IN31 Line of GPTA0  
IN31 Line of GPTA1  
IN31Line of LTCA2  
GPT120  
IN31  
I
IN31  
I
T6INB  
I
T6INA  
I
GPT121  
OUT31  
OUT31  
SLSO24  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT31 Line of GPTA0  
OUT31 Line of GPTA1  
SSC2 Output  
AA19 P4.8  
A1/  
PU  
Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
IN32 Line of GPTA0  
IN32 Line of GPTA1  
CCU60  
IN32  
IN32  
I
CCPOS1A  
T13HRB  
T3EUDA  
T3EUDB  
OUT32  
OUT32  
OUT0  
I
I
CCU61  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT32 Line of GPTA0  
OUT32 Line of GPTA1  
OUT0 Line of LTCA2  
Data Sheet  
36  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AB19 P4.9  
IN33  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
IN33 Line of GPTA0  
IN33 Line of GPTA1  
CCU60  
I
IN33  
I
CCPOS2A  
I
T12HRC  
T13HRC  
T4INA  
I
CCU61  
I
CCU61  
I
GPT120  
T4INB  
I
GPT121  
SLSI2  
I
SSC2  
OUT33  
OUT33  
OUT1  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT33 Line of GPTA0  
OUT33 Line of GPTA1  
OUT1 Line of LTCA2  
Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
IN34 Line of GPTA0  
IN34 Line of GPTA1  
CCU60  
AD19 P4.10  
A1/  
PU  
IN34  
IN34  
I
T12HRB  
CCPOS0A  
T2INA  
T2INB  
OUT34  
OUT34  
OUT2  
I
I
CCU61  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT34 Line of GPTA0  
OUT34 Line of GPTA1  
OUT2 Line of LTCA2  
Data Sheet  
37  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AJ13  
P4.11  
IN35  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
IN35 Line of GPTA0  
IN35 Line of GPTA1  
OUT35 Line of GPTA0  
OUT35 Line of GPTA1  
OUT3 Line of LTCA2  
Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
IN36 Line of GPTA0  
IN36 Line of GPTA1  
CCU60  
IN35  
I
OUT35  
OUT35  
OUT3  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
AA20 P4.12  
IN36  
A1/  
PU  
IN36  
I
T13HRB  
I
CCPOS1A  
T2EUDA  
T2EUDB  
OUT36  
OUT36  
OUT4  
I
CCU61  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT36 Line of GPTA0  
OUT36 Line of GPTA1  
OUT4 Line of LTCA2  
Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
IN37 Line of GPTA0  
IN37 Line of GPTA1  
OUT37 Line of GPTA0  
OUT37 Line of GPTA1  
OUT5 Line of LTCA2  
AJ14  
P4.13  
A1/  
PU  
IN37  
IN37  
I
OUT37  
OUT37  
OUT5  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Data Sheet  
38  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AB20 P4.14  
IN38  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
IN38 Line of GPTA0  
IN38 Line of GPTA1  
CCU60  
I
IN38  
I
T12HRC  
I
T13HRC  
CCPOS2A  
T4EUDA  
T4EUDB  
OUT38  
I
CCU60  
I
CCU61  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT38 Line of GPTA0  
OUT38 Line of GPTA1  
OUT6 Line of LTCA2  
Port 4 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
IN39 Line of GPTA0  
IN39 Line of GPTA1  
OUT39 Line of GPTA0  
OUT39 Line of GPTA1  
OUT7 Line of LTCA2  
OUT38  
OUT6  
AK14 P4.15  
A1/  
PU  
IN39  
IN39  
I
OUT39  
OUT39  
OUT7  
O1  
O2  
O3  
Port 5  
F20  
P5.0  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
PU  
RXD0A  
T6EUDA  
T6EUDB  
RXD0A  
OUT72  
OUT72  
ASC0 Receiver Input/Output A  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
ASC0 Receiver Input/Output A  
OUT72 Line of GPTA0  
OUT72 Line of GPTA1  
Data Sheet  
39  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
F19  
P5.1  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
PU  
TXD0  
ASC0 Transmitter Output A  
OUT73 Line of GPTA0  
OUT73  
OUT73  
P5.2  
OUT73 Line of GPTA1  
J20  
A2/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
ASC1 Receiver Input/Output A  
ASC1 Receiver Input/Output A  
OUT74 Line of GPTA0  
RXD1A  
RXD1A  
OUT74  
OUT74  
P5.3  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT74 Line of GPTA1  
G20  
F23  
A1+/ Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
PU  
TXD1  
ASC1 Transmitter Output A  
OUT75  
OUT75  
P5.4  
OUT75 Line of GPTA0  
OUT75 Line of GPTA1  
A2/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
T13HRB  
CCPOS1A  
T2EUDB  
T2EUDA  
EN00  
CCU62  
I
CCU63  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
MSC0 Device Select Output 0  
MLI0 Receive Channel ready Output B  
OUT76 Line of GPTA0  
RREADY0B O2  
OUT76 O3  
Data Sheet  
40  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
K20  
P5.5  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
PU  
SDI0  
MSC0 Serial Data Input  
T12HRC  
T13HRC  
CCPOS2A  
T4EUDB  
T4EUDA  
OUT77  
OUT77  
OUT101  
P5.6  
I
CCU62  
I
CCU62  
I
CCU63  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT77 Line of GPTA0  
OUT77 Line of GPTA1  
OUT101 Line of LTCA2  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
CCU62  
G25  
A2/  
PU  
CC60INA  
CC60INB  
EN10  
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
MSC1 Device Select Output 0  
MLI0 transmit Channel valid Output B  
CCU62  
TVALID0B  
CC60  
J21  
P5.7  
A1+/ Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
PU  
SDI1  
MSC1 Serial Data Input  
CC61INA  
CC61INB  
OUT79  
OUT79  
CC61  
I
CCU62  
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT79 Line of GPTA0  
OUT79 Line of GPTA1  
CCU62  
Data Sheet  
41  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
G21  
P5.8  
I/O  
F/  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
PU  
CC62INA  
CC62INB  
SON0  
I
CCU62  
CCU63  
I
O1  
MSC0 Differential Driver Serial Data Output  
Negative  
OUT80  
CC62  
P5.9  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
OUT80 Line of GPTA0  
CCU62  
G22  
F21  
F22  
J19  
F/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
SOP0A  
MSC0 Differential Driver Serial Data Output  
Positive A  
OUT81  
COUT60  
P5.10  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
OUT81 Line of GPTA0  
CCU62  
F/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
FCLN0  
MSC0 Differential Driver Clock Output  
Negative  
OUT82  
COUT61  
P5.11  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
OUT82 Line of GPTA0  
CCU62  
F/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
FCLP0A  
MSC0 Differential Driver Clock Output  
Positive A  
OUT83  
COUT62  
P5.12  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
OUT83 Line of GPTA0  
CCU62  
F/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
SON1  
MSC1 Differential Driver Serial Data Output  
Negative  
OUT84  
OUT84  
O2  
O3  
OUT84 Line of GPTA0  
OUT84 Line of GPTA1  
Data Sheet  
42  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
G19  
P5.13  
I/O  
O1  
F/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
SOP1A  
MSC1 Differential Driver Serial Data Output  
Positive A  
OUT85  
OUT85  
P5.14  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
OUT85 Line of GPTA0  
OUT85 Line of GPTA1  
G18  
F18  
F/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
FCLN1  
MSC1 Differential Driver Clock Output  
Negative  
OUT86  
OUT86  
P5.15  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
OUT86 Line of GPTA0  
OUT86 Line of GPTA1  
F/  
PU  
Port 5 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
FCLNP1A  
MSC1 Differential Driver Clock Output  
Positive A  
OUT87  
OUT87  
O2  
O3  
OUT87 Line of GPTA0  
OUT87 Line of GPTA1  
Port 6  
G9  
P6.4  
I/O  
A1+/ Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
PU  
MTSR1  
MRSTG1  
I
I
SSC1 Slave Receive Input (Slave Mode)  
SSC Guardian 1 Master Receive Input  
(Master Mode)  
MTSR1  
O1  
SSC1 Master Transmit Output (Master  
Mode)3)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
O2  
O3  
-
-
Data Sheet  
43  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
F8  
P6.5  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
PU  
MRST1  
MRST1  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P6.6  
SSC1 Master Receive Input (Master Mode)  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
SSC1 Slave Transmit Output (Slave Mode)  
-
-
F9  
A1+/ Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
PU  
SCLK1  
SCLK1  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P6.7  
SSC1 Clock Input/Output  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
SSC1 Clock Input/Output  
-
-
J10  
A1+/ Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
PU  
SLSI1  
SSC1 slave Select Input  
T6OFL  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P6.8  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
GPT120  
-
-
G10  
A2/  
PU  
Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
RXDCAN0  
CAN Node 0 Receiver Input 0  
CAN Node 3 Receiver Input 1  
RXD0B  
I
ASC0 Receiver Input/Output B  
CAPINB  
CAPINA  
Reserved  
RXD0B  
I
GPT120  
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
-
ASC0 Receiver Input/Output B  
-
Reserved  
Data Sheet  
44  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
F10  
P6.9  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
CAN Node 0 Transmitter Output  
ASC0 Transmitter Output B  
GPT120  
TXDCAN0  
TXD0  
T60FL  
H7  
P6.10  
A2/  
PU  
Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
RXDCAN1  
CAN Node 1 Receiver Input 0  
CAN Node 0 Receiver Input 1  
RXD1B  
Reserved  
RXD1B  
TXENA  
I
ASC1 Receiver Input/Output B  
O1  
O2  
O3  
-
ASC1 Receiver Input/Output B  
E-Ray Channel A transmit Data Output  
enable 2)  
J7  
P6.11  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A2/  
PU  
Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
CAN Node 1 Transmitter Output  
ASC1 Transmitter Output B  
TXDCAN1  
TXD1  
TXENB  
E-Ray Channel B transmit Data Output  
enable 2)  
G6  
P6.12  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
RXDCAN2  
CAN Node 2 Receiver Input 0  
CAN Node 1 Receiver Input 1  
RXDA1  
I
E-Ray Channel A Receive Data Input 1 2)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
COUT61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
-
-
CCU60  
Data Sheet  
45  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
H6  
P6.13  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
CAN Node 2 Transmitter Output  
E-Ray Channel A transmit Data Output 2)  
CCU60  
TXDCAN2  
TXDA  
COUT62  
P6.14  
J6  
A1/  
PU  
Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
RXDCAN3  
CAN Node 3 Receiver Input 0  
CAN Node 2 Receiver Input 1  
RXDB1  
I
E-Ray Channel B Receive Data Input 1 2)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
COUT63  
P6.15  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
CCU60  
K6  
A2/  
PU  
Port 6 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
CC60INB  
CC60INA  
TXDCAN3  
TXDB  
CCU60  
I
CCU61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
CAN Node 3 Transmitter Output  
E-Ray Channel B transmit Data Output 2)  
CCU61  
CC60  
Port 7  
N10  
P7.0  
I/O  
A1+/ Port 7 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
PU  
MRST3  
REQ4  
I
I
SSC3 Master Receive Input (Master Mode)  
External trigger Input 4  
AD2EMUX2 O1  
ADC2 external multiplexer Control Output 2  
SSC3 Slave Transmit Output (Slave Mode)  
-
MRST3  
O2  
O3  
Reserved  
Data Sheet  
46  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
P6  
P7.1  
I/O  
A1+/ Port 7 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
PU  
REQ5  
I
I
I
External trigger Input 5  
MTSR3  
MRSTG3B  
SSC3 Slave Receive Input (Master Mode)  
SSC Guardian 3 Master Receive Input B  
(Master Mode)  
AD0EMUX2 O1  
ADC0 external multiplexer Control Output 2  
MTSR3  
O2  
SSC3 Master Transmit Output (Master  
Mode)3)  
Reserved  
P7.2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
P7  
A1+/ Port 7 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
PU  
SCLK3  
SSC3 Input  
AD0EMUX0 O1  
ADC0 external multiplexer Control Output 0  
SCLK3  
Reserved  
P7.3  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
SSC3 Output  
-
P9  
A1+/ Port 7 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
PU  
AD0EMUX1 O1  
ADC0 external multiplexer Control Output 1  
SLSO30  
Reserved  
P7.4  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
SSC3 Output  
-
P10  
A1+/ Port 7 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
PU  
REQ6  
External trigger Input 6  
AD2EMUX0 O1  
ADC2 external multiplexer Control Output 0  
SLSO31  
O2  
O3  
SSC3 Output  
-
Reserved  
Data Sheet  
47  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
R9  
P7.5  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 7 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
PU  
REQ7  
External trigger Input 7  
AD2EMUX1 O1  
ADC2 external multiplexer Control Output 1  
SLSO32  
Reserved  
P7.6  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
SSC3 Output  
-
P2  
P1  
A1+/ Port 7 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
PU  
AD1EMUX0 O1  
ADC1 external multiplexer Control Output 0  
SLSO33  
Reserved  
P7.7  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
SSC3 Output  
-
A1+/ Port 7 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
PU  
AD1EMUX1 O1  
ADC1 external multiplexer Control Output 1  
SLSO34  
O2  
O3  
SSC3 Output  
-
Reserved  
Port 8  
L6  
P8.0  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 8 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
IN40 Line of GPTA0  
IN40  
IN40  
I
IN40 Line of GPTA1  
SENT0  
OUT40  
COUT62  
TCLK1  
I
SENT Digital Input  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT40 Line of GPTA0  
CCU61  
MLI1 transmit Channel Clock Output  
Data Sheet  
48  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
K11  
P8.1  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 8 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
IN41 Line of GPTA0  
IN41 Line of GPTA1  
MLI1 transmit Channel ready Input A  
SENT Digital Input  
CCU60  
IN41  
I
IN41  
I
TREADY1A  
SENT1  
CC61INA  
CC61INB  
OUT41  
CC61  
I
I
I
I
CCU61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT41 Line of GPTA0  
CCU60  
SENT1  
P8.2  
SENT Digital Output  
Port 8 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
IN42 Line of GPTA0  
IN42 Line of GPTA1  
SENT Digital Input  
GPT120  
K9  
A2/  
PU  
IN42  
IN42  
I
SENT2  
CAPINA  
CAPINB  
COUT63  
OUT42  
TVALID1A  
I
I
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
CCU61  
OUT42 Line of GPTA1  
MLI1 transmit Channel valid Output A  
Data Sheet  
49  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
K7  
P8.3  
I/O  
A2/  
PU  
Port 8 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
IN43 Line of GPTA0  
IN43 Line of GPTA1  
SENT Digital Input  
CCU60  
IN43  
I
IN43  
I
SENT3  
CC62INA  
CC62INB  
OUT43  
CC62  
I
I
I
CCU61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT43 Line of GPTA0  
CCU60  
TDATA1  
P8.4  
MLI1 transmit Channel Data Output A  
Port 8 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
IN44 Line of GPTA0  
IN44 Line of GPTA1  
MLI1 Receive Channel Clock Input A  
SENT Digital Input  
CCU60  
L7  
A1/  
PU  
IN44  
IN44  
I
RCLK1A  
SENT4  
CC62INB  
CC62INA  
OUT44  
CC62  
I
I
I
I
CCU61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT44 Line of GPTA0  
CCU61  
T3OUT  
GPT121  
Data Sheet  
50  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
L10  
P8.5  
I/O  
A2/  
PU  
Port 8 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
IN45 Line of GPTA0  
IN45 Line of GPTA1  
SENT Digital Input  
CCU60  
IN45  
I
IN45  
I
SENT5  
CTRAPA  
CTRAPB  
CC60INC  
T12HRE  
CC61INC  
OUT45  
OUT45  
I
I
I
CCU62  
I
CCU60  
I
CCU61  
I
CCU61  
O1  
O2  
OUT45 Line of GPTA0  
OUT45 Line of GPTA1  
MLI1 Receive Channel ready Output A  
Port 8 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
IN46 Line of GPTA0  
IN46 Line of GPTA1  
MLI1 Receive Channel valid Input A  
SENT Digital Input  
OUT46 Line of GPTA0  
CCU61  
RREADY1A O3  
M9  
P8.6  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
IN46  
I
IN46  
I
RVALID1A  
SENT6  
OUT46  
COUT60  
T6OUT  
I
I
O1  
O2  
O3  
GPT120  
Data Sheet  
51  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
L9  
P8.7  
I/O  
A1/  
PU  
Port 8 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
IN47 Line of GPTA0  
IN47 Line of GPTA1  
MLI1 Receive Channel Data Input A  
SENT Digital Input  
IN47  
I
IN47  
I
RDATA1A  
SENT7  
OUT47  
COUT61  
T6OUT  
I
I
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT47 Line of GPTA0  
CCU61  
GPT121  
Port 9  
K22  
P9.0  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
IN48 Line of GPTA0  
IN48 Line of GPTA1  
CCU62  
IN48  
IN48  
I
COUT63  
OUT48  
EN12  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT48 Line of GPTA1  
MSC1 Device Select Output 2  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
IN49 Line of GPTA0  
IN49 Line of GPTA1  
CCU62  
J24  
P9.1  
A2/  
PU  
IN49  
IN49  
I
CC60INB  
CC60INA  
CC60  
OUT49  
EN11  
I
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
CCU63  
OUT49 Line of GPTA1  
MSC1 Device Select Output 1  
Data Sheet  
52  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
J25  
P9.2  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
IN50 Line of GPTA0  
IN50 Line of GPTA1  
CCU62  
IN50  
IN50  
I
CC61INB  
CC61INA  
CC61  
I
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
CCU63  
OUT50  
SOP1B  
P9.3  
OUT50 Line of GPTA1  
MSC1 serial Data Output  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
IN51 Line of GPTA0  
IN51 Line of GPTA1  
CCU62  
H25  
A2/  
PU  
IN51  
IN51  
I
CC62INB  
CC62INA  
CC62  
I
I
CCU63  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
CCU63  
OUT51  
FCLP1B  
P9.4  
OUT51 Line of GPTA1  
MSC1 Clock Output  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
IN52 Line of GPTA0  
IN52 Line of GPTA1  
CCU63  
H24  
A2/  
PU  
IN52  
IN52  
I
COUT60  
OUT52  
EN03  
O1  
O2  
O3  
OUT52 Line of GPTA1  
MSC0 Device Select Output 3  
Data Sheet  
53  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
L22  
P9.5  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
IN53 Line of GPTA0  
IN53  
IN53  
I
IN53 Line of GPTA1  
SENT1  
COUT61  
OUT53  
EN02  
I
SENT Digital Input  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
CCU63  
OUT53 Line of GPTA1  
MSC0 Device Select Output 2  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
IN54 Line of GPTA0  
L21  
K25  
K24  
P9.6  
A2/  
PU  
IN54  
IN54  
I
IN54 Line of GPTA1  
SENT3  
OUT54  
SENT3  
EN01  
I
SENT Digital Input  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT54 Line of GPTA0  
SENT Digital Output  
MSC0 Device Select Output 1  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
IN55 Line of GPTA0  
P9.7  
A2/  
PU  
IN55  
IN55  
I
IN55 Line of GPTA1  
SENT4  
OUT55  
SENT4  
SOP0B  
P9.8  
I
SENT Digital Input  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
OUT55 Line of GPTA0  
SENT Digital Output  
MSC0 serial Data Output  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
SENT Digital Input  
A2/  
PU  
SENT6  
COUT62  
SENT6  
FCLP0B  
O1  
O2  
O3  
CCU63  
SENT Digital Output  
MSC0 Clock Output  
Data Sheet  
54  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
A28  
P9.9  
I/O  
I
A1/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
SENT0  
SENT Digital Input  
Reserved  
SENT0  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
SENT Digital Output  
Reserved  
P9.10  
-
L25  
A1/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
EMGSTOP  
SENT7  
Emergency Stop  
I
SENT Digital Input  
COUT63  
SENT7  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
CCU63  
SENT Digital Output  
Reserved  
P9.11  
-
A27  
B27  
A1/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
SENT2  
SENT Digital Input  
Reserved  
SENT2  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
SENT Digital Output  
Reserved  
P9.12  
-
A1/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
SENT5  
SENT Digital Input  
Reserved  
SENT5  
O1  
O2  
O3  
-
SENT Digital Output  
-
Reserved  
Data Sheet  
55  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
M21  
P9.13  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
BRKIN  
OCDS Break Input  
ECTT1  
I
TTCAN Input  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
BRKOUT  
P9.14  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
OCDS Break Output  
N21  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 9 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
BRKIN  
OCDS Break Input  
ECTT2  
I
TTCAN Input  
REQ15  
I
External trigger Input 15  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
BRKOUT  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
OCDS Break Output  
Port 10  
AE20 P10.0  
MRST0  
I/O  
I
A2/  
PU  
Port 10 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
SSC0 Master Receive Input (Master Mode)  
MRST0  
O1  
O2  
O3  
SSC0 Slave Transmit Output (Slave Mode)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
-
-
Data Sheet  
56  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Pin  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AD20 P10.1  
MTSR0  
I/O  
A2/  
PU  
Port 10 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
I
I
SSC0 Slave Receive Input (Slave Mode)  
MRSTG0  
SSC Guardian 0 Master Receive Input  
(Master Mode)  
MTSR0  
O1  
SSC0 Master Transmit Output (Master  
Mode)3)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
AB21 P10.2  
SLSI0  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
A1/  
PU  
Port 10 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
SSC0 Slave Select Input  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
AE19 P10.3  
SCLK0  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
-
A2/  
PU  
Port 10 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
SSC0 Clock Input/Output  
SCLK0  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
SSC0 Clock Input/Output  
Reserved  
Reserved  
AD21 P10.4  
SLSO0  
-
-
A1+/ Port 10 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
PU  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 0  
Reserved  
Reserved  
AE21 P10.5  
SLSO1  
-
-
A1+/ Port 10 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
PU  
SSC0 Slave Select Output Line 1  
Reserved  
Reserved  
-
-
Data Sheet  
57  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
Port 11  
E30  
P11.0  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A0  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 0  
E29  
F30  
F29  
G30  
P11.1  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A1  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 1  
P11.2  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A2  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 2  
P11.3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A3  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 3  
P11.4  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A4  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 4  
Data Sheet  
58  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
G29  
P11.5  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A5  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 5  
H30  
H29  
J30  
J29  
P11.6  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A6  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 6  
P11.7  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A7  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 7  
P11.8  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A8  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 8  
P11.9  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A9  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 9  
Data Sheet  
59  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
K30  
P11.10  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A10  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 10  
K29  
L30  
L29  
M30  
P11.11  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A11  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 11  
P11.12  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A12  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 12  
P11.13  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A13  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 13  
P11.14  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A14  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 14  
Data Sheet  
60  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
M29  
P11.15  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 11 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A15  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 15  
Port 12  
N30  
P12.0  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 12 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A16  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 16  
N29  
P30  
P29  
P12.1  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 12 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A17  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 17  
P12.2  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 12 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A18  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 18  
P12.3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 12 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A19  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 19  
Data Sheet  
61  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
V30  
P12.4  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 12 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A20  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 20  
V29  
P12.5  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 12 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A21  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 21  
D30  
P12.6  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 12 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A22  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 22  
D29  
P12.7  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 12 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
A23  
-
-
-
EBU Address Bus Line 23  
Port 13  
Data Sheet  
62  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
U21  
P13.0  
AD0  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 0  
OUT88 Line of GPTA0  
OUT88  
OUT88  
OUT80  
AD0  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT88 Line of GPTA1  
OUT80 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 0  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 1  
OUT89 Line of GPTA0  
U22  
V21  
V22  
P13.1  
AD1  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT89  
OUT89  
OUT81  
AD1  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT89 Line of GPTA1  
OUT81 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 1  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 2  
OUT90 Line of GPTA0  
P13.2  
AD2  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT90  
OUT90  
OUT82  
AD2  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT90 Line of GPTA1  
OUT82 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 2  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 3  
OUT91 Line of GPTA0  
P13.3  
AD3  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT91  
OUT91  
OUT83  
AD3  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT91 Line of GPTA1  
OUT83 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 3  
Data Sheet  
63  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
V24  
P13.4  
AD4  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 4  
OUT92 Line of GPTA0  
OUT92  
OUT92  
OUT84  
AD4  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT92 Line of GPTA1  
OUT84 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 4  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 5  
OUT93 Line of GPTA0  
V25  
P13.5  
AD5  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT93  
OUT93  
OUT85  
AD5  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT93 Line of GPTA1  
OUT85 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 5  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 6  
OUT94 Line of GPTA0  
W21  
P13.6  
AD6  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT94  
OUT94  
OUT86  
AD6  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT94 Line of GPTA1  
OUT86 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 6  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 7  
OUT95 Line of GPTA0  
W22  
P13.7  
AD7  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT95  
OUT95  
OUT87  
AD7  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT95 Line of GPTA1  
OUT87 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 7  
Data Sheet  
64  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
W24  
P13.8  
AD8  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 8  
OUT96 Line of GPTA0  
OUT96  
OUT96  
OUT88  
AD8  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT96 Line of GPTA1  
OUT88 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 8  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 9  
OUT97 Line of GPTA0  
W25  
Y22  
Y24  
P13.9  
AD9  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT97  
OUT97  
OUT89  
AD9  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT97 Line of GPTA1  
OUT89 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 9  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 10  
OUT98 Line of GPTA0  
P13.10  
AD10  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT98  
OUT98  
OUT90  
AD10  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT98 Line of GPTA1  
OUT90 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 10  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 11  
OUT99 Line of GPTA0  
P13.11  
AD11  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT99  
OUT99  
OUT91  
AD11  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT99 Line of GPTA1  
OUT91 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 11  
Data Sheet  
65  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
Y25  
P13.12  
AD12  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 12  
OUT100 Line of GPTA0  
OUT100  
OUT100  
OUT92  
AD12  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT100 Line of GPTA1  
OUT92 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 12  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 13  
OUT101 Line of GPTA0  
AA24 P13.13  
AD13  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT101  
OUT101  
OUT93  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT101 Line of GPTA1  
OUT93 Line of LTCA2  
AD13  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 13  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 14  
OUT102 Line of GPTA0  
AA25 P13.14  
AD14  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT102  
OUT102  
OUT94  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT102 Line of GPTA1  
OUT94 Line of LTCA2  
AD14  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 14  
Port 13 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 15  
OUT103 Line of GPTA0  
AB24 P13.15  
AD15  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
OUT103  
OUT103  
OUT95  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT103 Line of GPTA1  
OUT95 Line of LTCA2  
AD15  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 15  
Port 14  
Data Sheet  
66  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AB25 P14.0  
AD16  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 16  
CCU60  
CC60  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT96  
OUT96  
AD16  
OUT96 Line of GPTA1  
OUT96 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 16  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 17  
CCU60  
W30  
P14.1  
AD17  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
CC61  
OUT97  
OUT97  
AD17  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT97 Line of GPTA1  
OUT97 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 17  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 18  
CCU60  
AC25 P14.2  
AD18  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
CC62  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT98  
OUT98  
AD18  
OUT98 Line of GPTA1  
OUT98 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 18  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 19  
CCU60  
Y30  
P14.3  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
AD19  
COUT60  
OUT99  
OUT99  
AD19  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT99 Line of GPTA1  
OUT99 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 19  
Data Sheet  
67  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AD23 P14.4  
AD20  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 20  
CCU60  
COUT61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT100  
OUT100  
AD20  
OUT100 Line of GPTA1  
OUT100 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 20  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 21  
CCU60  
AA30 P14.5  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
AD21  
COUT62  
OUT101  
OUT101  
AD21  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT101 Line of GPTA1  
OUT101 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 21  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 22  
CCU60  
AE24 P14.6  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
AD22  
COUT63  
OUT102  
OUT102  
AD22  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT102 Line of GPTA1  
OUT102 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 22  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 23  
CCU61  
AB30 P14.7  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
AD23  
CC60  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT103  
OUT103  
AD23  
OUT103 Line of GPTA1  
OUT103 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 23  
Data Sheet  
68  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AE23 P14.8  
AD24  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 24  
CCU61  
CC61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
T3OUT  
OUT104  
AD24  
GPT120  
OUT104 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 24  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 25  
CCU61  
AC30 P14.9  
AD25  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
CC62  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
T3OUT  
OUT105  
AD25  
GPT121  
OUT105 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 25  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 26  
CCU61  
AC29 P14.10  
AD26  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
COUT60  
T6OUT  
OUT106  
AD26  
O1  
O1  
O3  
O
GPT120  
OUT106 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 26  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 27  
CCU61  
AD30 P14.11  
AD27  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
COUT61  
T6OUT  
OUT107  
AD27  
O1  
O1  
O3  
O
GPT121  
OUT107 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 27  
Data Sheet  
69  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AD29 P14.12  
AD28  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 28  
CCU61  
COUT62  
OUT108  
OUT108  
AD28  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT108 Line of GPTA1  
OUT108 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 28  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 29  
CCU61  
AE30 P14.13  
AD29  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
COUT63  
OUT109  
OUT109  
AD29  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT109 Line of GPTA1  
OUT109 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 29  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 30  
GPT120  
AE29 P14.14  
AD30  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
T3INC  
I
T3IND  
I
GPT121  
OUT110  
OUT110  
OUT110  
AD30  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT110 Line of GPTA0  
OUT110 Line of GPTA1  
OUT110 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 30  
Data Sheet  
70  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AF30 P14.15  
AD31  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 14 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 31  
GPT120  
T3EUDC  
T3EUDD  
OUT111  
OUT111  
OUT111  
AD31  
I
I
GPT121  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
OUT111 Line of GPTA0  
OUT111 Line of GPTA1  
OUT111 Line of LTCA2  
EBU Address/Data Bus Line 31  
Port 15  
AJ26  
P15.0  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
T4INC  
GPT120  
T4IND  
I
GPT121  
CCPOS2B  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
CS0  
I
CCU60  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
Chip Select Output Line 0  
AK26 P15.1  
T4EUDC  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
GPT120  
T4EUDD  
CCPOS2B  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
CS1  
I
GPT121  
I
CCU61  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
Chip Select Output Line 1  
Data Sheet  
71  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AJ25  
P15.2  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
CS2  
-
-
-
Chip Select Output Line 2  
AK24 P15.3  
Reserved  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
CS3  
-
-
Chip Select Output Line 3  
AJ17  
P15.4  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
BC0  
-
-
-
Byte Control Line 0  
AK18 P15.5  
Reserved  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
BC1  
-
-
Byte Control Line 1  
AJ18  
P15.6  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
BC2  
-
-
-
Byte Control Line 2  
Data Sheet  
72  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Pin  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AK19 P15.7  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
Reserved  
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
BC3  
-
-
Byte Control Line 3  
AK25 P15.8  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
RD  
-
-
-
Read Control Line  
AJ27  
AJ28  
AJ24  
P15.9  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
RD/WR  
P15.10  
-
-
-
Write Control Line  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
ADV  
-
-
-
Address Valid Output  
P15.11  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
WAIT  
Wait Input for inserting Wait-States  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
O1  
O2  
O3  
-
-
-
Data Sheet  
73  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Pin  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AK20 P15.12  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
Reserved  
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
MR/W  
-
-
Motorola-style Read/Write Control Signal  
AK29 P15.13  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 13  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
BAA  
-
-
-
Burst Address Advance Output  
AG30 P15.14  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 14  
BFCLKI  
Burst FLASH Clock Input (Clock Feedback).  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
AH30 P15.15  
B/  
PU  
Port 15 General Purpose I/O Line 15  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
BFCLKO  
-
-
-
Burst Mode Flash Clock Output (Non-  
Differential)  
Port 16  
Data Sheet  
74  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AK17 P16.0  
HOLD  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
Hold Request Input  
Reserved  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
P16.1  
-
-
AJ19  
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
HLDA  
Hold Acknowledge Input  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
HLDA  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
Hold Acknowledge Output  
AK28 P16.2  
Reserved  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
BREQ  
-
-
Bus Request Output  
AJ20  
P16.3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
CSCOMB  
-
-
-
Combined Chip Select Output  
AK23 P16.4  
Reserved  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
RAS  
-
-
Row Address Select/Strobe  
Data Sheet  
75  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AJ23  
P16.5  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
CAS  
-
-
-
Column Address Select/Strobe  
AG29 P16.6  
Reserved  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
DDRCLK  
-
-
Double Data Rate Flash Clock  
AF29 P16.7  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
DDRCLKN  
-
-
-
Inverted Double Data Rate Flash Clock  
AK27 P16.8  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 8  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
CKE  
-
-
-
Inverted Double Data Rate Flash Clock  
W29  
P16.9  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 9  
DQS0  
Data Strobe Signal 0  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
DQS0  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
Data Strobe Signal 0  
Data Sheet  
76  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
Y29  
P16.10  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 10  
DQS1  
Data Strobe Signal 1  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
DQS1  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
Data Strobe Signal 1  
AA29 P16.11  
DQS2  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 11  
Data Strobe Signal 2  
Reserved  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
Reserved  
Reserved  
DQS2  
-
-
Data Strobe Signal 2  
AB29 P16.12  
I/O  
I
B/  
PU  
Port 16 General Purpose I/O Line 12  
DQS3  
Data Strobe Signal 3  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
DQS3  
O1  
O2  
O3  
O
-
-
-
Data Strobe Signal 3  
Port 17  
Y10  
P17.0  
SENT0  
AN8  
I
I
I
I
I
I
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 04)  
SENT Digital Input 0  
Analog Input : ADC0.CH8 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 14)  
SENT Digital Input 1  
Y9  
P17.1  
SENT1  
AN9  
Analog Input : ADC0.CH9 5)  
Data Sheet  
77  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 24)  
W10  
P17.2  
SENT2  
AN10  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SENT Digital Input 2  
Analog Input : ADC0.CH10 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 34)  
SENT Digital Input 3  
W9  
W7  
W6  
V7  
P17.3  
SENT3  
AN11  
Analog Input : ADC0.CH11 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 44)  
SENT Digital Input 4  
P17.4  
SENT4  
AN12  
Analog Input : ADC0.CH12 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 54)  
SENT Digital Input 5  
P17.5  
SENT5  
AN13  
Analog Input : ADC0.CH13 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 64)  
SENT Digital Input 6  
P17.6  
SENT6  
AN14  
Analog Input : ADC0.CH14 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 74)  
SENT Digital Input 7  
V6  
P17.7  
SENT7  
AN15  
Analog Input : ADC0.CH15 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 84)  
SENT Digital Input 0  
AD9  
AE9  
P17.8  
SENT0  
AN36  
Analog Input : ADC2.CH4 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 94)  
SENT Digital Input 1  
P17.9  
SENT1  
AN37  
Analog Input : ADC2.CH5 5)  
Data Sheet  
78  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Pin  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 104)  
AD10 P17.10  
SENT2  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SENT Digital Input 2  
Analog Input : ADC2.CH6 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 114)  
SENT Digital Input 3  
AN38  
AE10 P17.11  
SENT3  
AN39  
Analog Input : ADC2.CH7 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 124)  
SENT Digital Input 4  
AA11 P17.12  
SENT4  
AN40  
Analog Input : ADC2.CH8 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 134)  
SENT Digital Input 5  
AB11 P17.13  
SENT5  
AN41  
Analog Input : ADC2.CH9 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 144)  
SENT Digital Input 6  
AA12 P17.14  
SENT6  
AN42  
Analog Input : ADC2.CH10 5)  
D / S Port 17 General Purpose I Line 154)  
SENT Digital Input 7  
AB12 P17.15  
SENT7  
AN43  
Analog Input : ADC2.CH11 5)  
Port 18  
B11  
P18.0  
I/O  
I
A1+/ Port 18 General Purpose I/O Line 0  
PU  
MRST2B  
MRST2  
SSC2 Master Receive Input B (Slave Mode)  
O1  
O2  
O3  
SSC2 Slave Transmit Output (Master Mode)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
-
-
Data Sheet  
79  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
A11  
P18.1  
I/O  
A1+/ Port 18 General Purpose I/O Line 1  
PU  
MTSR2B  
MRSTG2B  
I
I
SSC2 Slave Receive Input B (Slave Mode)  
SSC Guardian 2 Master Receive Input B  
(Master Mode)  
MTSR2  
O1  
SSC2 Master Transmit Output (Master  
Mode)3)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P18.2  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
I
-
-
B10  
A1+/ Port 18 General Purpose I/O Line 2  
PU  
SCLK2B  
SCLK2  
SSC2 Input  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
SSC2 Output  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P18.3  
-
-
A10  
B9  
A1+/ Port 18 General Purpose I/O Line 3  
PU  
SLSO20  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P18.4  
SSC2 Output  
-
-
A1+/ Port 18 General Purpose I/O Line 4  
PU  
SLSO21  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P18.5  
SSC2 Output  
-
-
A9  
A1+/ Port 18 General Purpose I/O Line 5  
PU  
SLSO22  
Reserved  
Reserved  
SSC2 Output  
-
-
Data Sheet  
80  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
B8  
P18.6  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
I/O  
O1  
O2  
O3  
A1+/ Port 18 General Purpose I/O Line 6  
PU  
SLSO23  
Reserved  
Reserved  
P18.7  
SSC2 Output  
-
-
A8  
A1+/ Port 18 General Purpose I/O Line 7  
PU  
SLSO24  
Reserved  
Reserved  
SSC2 Output  
-
-
Analog Input Port  
AA9  
AE7  
AD7  
AD6  
AC7  
AB7  
AA7  
AN0  
AN1  
AN2  
AN3  
AN4  
AN5  
AN6  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
Analog Input 0: ADC0.CH0 5)  
Analog Input 1: ADC0.CH1 5)  
Analog Input 2: ADC0.CH2 5)  
Analog Input 3: ADC0.CH3 5)  
Analog Input 4: ADC0.CH4 5)  
Analog Input 5: ADC0.CH5 5)  
Analog Input 6: ADC0.CH6 5)  
AA10 AN7  
Analog Input 7: ADC0.CH7 5)  
Y10  
Y9  
AN8  
Analog Input 8: ADC0.CH8, SENT0 5)  
Analog Input 9: ADC0.CH9, SENT1 5)  
Analog Input 10: ADC0.CH10, SENT2 5)  
Analog Input 11: ADC0.CH11, SENT3 5)  
Analog Input 12: ADC0.CH12, SENT4 5)  
Analog Input 13: ADC0.CH13, SENT5 5)  
Analog Input 14: ADC0.CH14, SENT6 5)  
Analog Input 15: ADC0.CH15, SENT7 5)  
Analog Input 16: ADC1.CH0 5)  
AN9  
W10  
W9  
W7  
W6  
V7  
AN10  
AN11  
AN12  
AN13  
AN14  
AN15  
AN16  
V6  
V10  
Data Sheet  
81  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
V9  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AN17  
AN18  
AN19  
AN20  
AN21  
AN22  
AN23  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Analog Input 17: ADC1.CH1 5)  
Analog Input 18: ADC1.CH2 5)  
Analog Input 19: ADC1.CH3 5)  
Analog Input 20: ADC1.CH4 5)  
Analog Input 21: ADC1.CH5 5)  
Analog Input 22: ADC1.CH6 5)  
Analog Input 23: ADC1.CH7 5)  
Analog Input 24: ADC1.CH8 5)  
Analog Input 25: ADC1.CH9 5)  
Analog Input 26: ADC1.CH10 5)  
Analog Input 27: ADC1.CH11 5)  
Analog Input 28: ADC1.CH12 5)  
Analog Input 29: ADC1.CH13 5)  
Analog Input 30: ADC1.CH14 5)  
Analog Input 31: ADC1.CH15 5)  
Analog Input 32: ADC2.CH0 5)  
Analog Input 33: ADC2.CH1 5)  
Analog Input 34: ADC2.CH2 5)  
Analog Input 35: ADC2.CH3 5)  
Analog Input 36: ADC2.CH4, SENT0 5)  
Analog Input 37: ADC2.CH5, SENT1 5)  
Analog Input 38: ADC2.CH6, SENT2 5)  
Analog Input 39: ADC2.CH7, SENT3 5)  
Analog Input 40: ADC2.CH8, SENT4 5)  
Analog Input 41: ADC2.CH9, SENT5 5)  
Analog Input 42: ADC2.CH10, SENT6 5)  
U10  
U9  
U7  
U6  
T7  
T6  
AB13 AN24  
AD13 AN25  
AE13 AN26  
AA14 AN27  
AB14 AN28  
AD14 AN29  
AE14 AN30  
AA15 AN31  
AB9  
AD8  
AE8  
AN32  
AN33  
AN34  
AA13 AN35  
AD9  
AE9  
AN36  
AN37  
AD10 AN38  
AE10 AN39  
AA11 AN40  
AB11 AN41  
AA12 AN42  
Data Sheet  
82  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Pin  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AB12 AN43  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
S
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Analog Input 43: ADC2.CH11, SENT7 5)  
Analog Input 44: ADC2.CH12 5)  
Analog Input 45: ADC2.CH13 5)  
Analog Input 46: ADC2.CH14 5)  
Analog Input 47: ADC2.CH15 5)  
Analog Input 48: ADC3.CH0 5)  
Analog Input 49: ADC3.CH1 5)  
Analog Input 50: ADC3.CH2 5)  
Analog Input 51: ADC3.CH3 5)  
Analog Input 52: ADC3.CH4 5)  
Analog Input 53: ADC3.CH5 5)  
Analog Input 54: ADC3.CH6 5)  
Analog Input 55: ADC3.CH7 5)  
Analog Input 56: ADC3.CH8 5)  
Analog Input 57: ADC3.CH9 5)  
Analog Input 58: ADC3.CH10 5)  
Analog Input 59: ADC3.CH11 5)  
Analog Input 60: ADC3.CH12 5)  
Analog Input 61: ADC3.CH13 5)  
Analog Input 62: ADC3.CH14 5)  
Analog Input 63: ADC3.CH15 5)  
Analog Input 64: FADC_FADIN0P 6)  
Analog Input 65: FADC_FADIN0N 6)  
Analog Input 66: FADC_FADIN1P 6)  
Analog Input 67: FADC_FADIN1N 6)  
Analog Input 68: FADC_FADIN2P 6)  
AC6  
AB6  
AA6  
AN44  
AN45  
AN46  
AB10 AN47  
W2  
AN48  
AN49  
AN50  
AN51  
AN52  
AN53  
AN54  
AN55  
AN56  
AN57  
AN58  
AN59  
AN60  
AN61  
AN62  
AN63  
AN64  
AN65  
AN66  
AN67  
AN68  
W1  
AA2  
AA1  
AB2  
AB1  
AC2  
AC1  
AD2  
AD1  
AE2  
AE1  
AF2  
AF1  
AG2  
AG1  
AJ5  
AK5  
AJ6  
AK6  
AJ7  
Data Sheet  
83  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AK7  
AN69  
AN70  
AN71  
I
I
I
D
D
D
Analog Input 69: FADC_FADIN2N 6)  
Analog Input 70: FADC_FADIN3P 6)  
Analog Input 71: FADC_FADIN3N 6)  
AJ8  
AK8  
System I/O  
L24  
PORST  
I
PD  
A2  
Power-on Reset Input  
M24  
ESR0  
I/O  
External System Request Reset Input 0  
Default configuration during and after reset is  
open-drain driver. The driver drives low during  
power-on reset.  
M25  
N25  
ESR1  
I/O  
A2/  
PD  
External System Request Reset Input 1  
TCK  
I
PD  
JTAG Module Clock Input  
DAP0  
I
Device Access Port Line 0  
P22  
TDI  
I
A2/  
PU  
JTAG Module Serial Data Input  
OCDS Break Input (Alternate Output)  
OCDS Break Output (Alternate Input)  
Test Mode Select Input  
BRKIN  
BRKOUT  
TESTMODE  
TMS  
I
O
I
M22  
P21  
PU  
I
A2/  
PD  
JTAG Module State Machine Control Input  
Device Access Port Line 1  
DAP1  
I/O  
I
N24  
R25  
R24  
N22  
TRST  
XTAL1  
XTAL2  
TDO  
PD  
JTAG Module Reset/Enable Input  
Main Oscillator/PLL/Clock Generator Input  
Main Oscillator/PLL/Clock Generator Output  
JTAG Module Serial Data Output  
OCDS Break Input (Alternate Input)  
OCDS Break Output (Alternate Output)  
Device Access Port Line 2  
I
O
O
I
A2/  
PU  
BRKIN  
BRKOUT  
DAP2  
O
O
Power Supply  
Data Sheet  
84  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
Y7  
VDDM  
VSSM  
-
-
-
-
ADC Analog Part Power Supply (3.3V - 5V)  
ADC Analog Part Ground  
Y1,  
Y2, Y6  
AE11 VAREF0  
AE12 VAGND0  
AD11 VAREF1  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ADC0 Reference Voltage  
ADC0 Reference Ground  
ADC1 Reference Voltage  
ADC1 Reference Ground  
ADC2 Reference Voltage  
ADC2 Reference Ground  
ADC3 Reference Voltage  
ADC3 Reference Ground  
FADC Reference Voltage  
FADC Reference Ground  
FADC Analog Part Power Supply (3.3V)  
AK9  
VAGND1  
AD12 VAREF2  
AJ10  
AJ9  
VAGND2  
VAREF3  
AK10 VAGND3  
AB15 VFAREF  
AD15 VFAGND  
AB16 VDDMF  
AA16 VDDAF  
FADC Analog Part Logic Power Supply  
(1.3V)  
AE15, VSSMF  
AJ11,  
VSSAF  
AK11  
-
-
-
-
FADC Analog Part Ground  
FADC Analog Part Logic Ground  
R10,  
T21  
VDDFL3  
-
-
Flash Power Supply (3.3V)  
R30,  
R29,  
P25  
VSSOSC  
VSS  
-
-
-
-
Main Oscillator Ground  
Digital Ground  
P24  
R21  
R22  
T22  
VDDOSC  
VDDOSC3  
VDDPF  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Main Oscillator Power Supply (1.3V)  
Main Oscillator Power Supply (3.3V)  
E-Ray PLL Power Supply (1.3V)  
E-Ray PLL Power Supply (3.3V)  
VDDPF3  
Data Sheet  
85  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
AJ30, VDD  
AH29,  
-
-
Digital Core Power Supply (1.3V)  
AD25,  
AC24,  
AA22,  
Y21  
W18, VDD  
W13,  
V19,  
-
-
Digital Core Power Supply (1.3V, center  
balls)  
V12,  
N19,  
N12,  
M18,  
M13  
AK15, VDDP  
AJ15,  
AD16,  
T2,  
-
-
Port Power Supply (3.3V)  
T1,  
R7,  
G23,  
G15,  
G8,  
F24,  
F7,  
B28,  
A29,  
B16,  
A16,  
B3, A2  
AK21, VDDEBU  
AJ21,  
-
-
EBU Port Power Supply (1.8 - 2.5V - 3.3V)  
AD22,  
U24,  
U25,  
U29,  
U30,  
C30  
Data Sheet  
86  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
VDDSB  
Ctrl. Type Function  
T9,  
T10  
-
-
Emulation Stand-by SRAM Power Supply  
(1.3V) (Emulation device only)  
Note: This pin is N.C. in a productive device.  
AK16, VSSP  
AJ16,  
AE16,  
R6,  
-
-
Digital Ground  
R2,  
R1,  
F15,  
K10,  
K21,  
J22,  
J9,  
G24,  
G7,  
F25,  
B29,  
B15,  
B2,  
A30,  
A15  
AK22, VSS  
AJ22,  
AE22,  
T30,  
-
-
Digital Ground  
T29,  
T25,  
T24,  
B30  
Data Sheet  
87  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
W17, VSS  
W16,  
W15,  
W14, ,  
V17,  
V16,  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Digital Ground (center balls)  
V15,  
V14  
N17,  
N16,  
N15,  
N14, ,  
M17,  
M16,  
M15,  
M14  
VSS  
Digital Ground (center balls cont’d)  
U19,  
U18,  
U16,  
U15,  
U13,  
U12,  
P13,  
P12,  
P19,  
P18,  
P16,  
P15,  
VSS  
Digital Ground (center balls cont’d)  
R19,  
R18,  
R17,  
R16,  
R15,  
R14,  
R13,  
R12  
VSS  
-
-
Digital Ground (center balls cont’d)  
Data Sheet  
88  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
VSS  
Ctrl. Type Function  
T19,  
T18,  
T17,  
T16,  
T15,  
T14,  
T13,  
T12  
-
-
Digital Ground (center balls cont’d)  
AK30, VSS  
AJ29,  
AE25,  
AD24,  
AB22,  
-
-
-
-
Digital Ground (center balls cont’d)  
AA21  
A1,  
N.C.  
Not connected. These pins are reserved for  
future extension and shall not be connected  
externally.  
A3,  
A4,  
A5,  
A14,  
A17,  
A23,  
A24,  
A25,  
A26  
B1,  
B4,  
B5,  
N.C.  
-
-
Not connected. These pins are reserved for  
future extension and shall not be connected  
externally.  
B14,  
B17,  
B23,  
B24,  
B25,  
B26  
Data Sheet  
89  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
Table 2  
Pin  
Pin Definitions and Functions (PG-LFBGA- 516 Package) (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Ctrl. Type Function  
C1,  
C2,  
C29,  
D1,  
D2,  
E1,  
E2,  
F1,  
F2,  
F6,  
G1,  
G2,  
N1,  
N2  
N.C.  
-
-
Not connected. These pins are reserved for  
future extension and shall not be connected  
externally.  
U1,  
U2,  
V1,  
N.C.  
-
-
Not connected. These pins are reserved for  
future extension and shall not be connected  
externally.  
V2,  
AE6,  
AH1,  
AH2,  
AJ1,  
AJ2,  
AJ3  
AJ4,  
N.C.  
-
-
Not connected. These pins are reserved for  
future extension and shall not be connected  
externally.  
AJ12,  
AK1,  
AK2,  
AK3,  
AK4,  
AK12,  
AK13  
1) Only applicable in TC1798ED. Reserved in TC1798PD.  
2) Only available for SAK-TC1798F-512F300EL, SAK-TC1798F-512F300EP, and SAK-TC1798S-512F300EP.  
3) The MTSR output of SSCx is overlayed with the MRSTG input of the related SSCGx  
4) Analog Input overlayed with a SENT Digitial Input. The related port logic is used configure the input as either  
analog input (default after reset) or digital input. The related port logic supports only the port input features as  
the connected pads are input pads only.  
Data Sheet  
90  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
PinningTC1798 Pin Configuration  
5) IOZ1 valid for this pin is the parameter with overlayed = No in the ADC parameter table.  
6) IOZ1 valid for this pin is the parameter with overlayed = Yes in the ADC parameter table.  
Legend for Table 2  
Column “Ctrl.”:  
I = Input (for GPIO port lines with IOCR bit field selection PCx = 0XXXB)  
O = Output  
O0 = Output with IOCR bit field selection PCx = 1X00B  
O1 = Output with IOCR bit field selection PCx = 1X01B (ALT1)  
O2 = Output with IOCR bit field selection PCx = 1X10B(ALT2)  
O3 = Output with IOCR bit field selection PCx = 1X11(ALT3)  
Column “Type”:  
A1 = Pad class A1 (LVTTL)  
A1+ = Pad class A1+ (LVTTL)  
A2 = Pad class A2 (LVTTL)  
B = Pad class B (LVTTL)  
F = Pad class F (LVDS/CMOS)  
D = Pad class D (ADC)  
S = Pad class D (ADC) / Pad class S(SENT)  
PU = with pull-up device connected during reset (PORST = 0)  
PD = with pull-down device connected during reset (PORST = 0)  
TR = tri-state during reset (PORST = 0)  
Data Sheet  
91  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Identification Registers  
4
Identification Registers  
The Identification Registers uniquely identify the whole device.  
Table 3  
SAK-TC1798F-512F300EL Identification Registers  
Short Name  
CBS_JDPID  
CBS_JTAGID  
SCU_CHIPID  
SCU_MANID  
SCU_RTID  
Value  
Address  
Stepping  
AB  
0000 6350H  
1018 E083H  
0700 9802H  
0000 1820H  
0000 0000H  
F000 0408H  
F000 0464H  
F000 0640H  
F000 0644H  
F000 0648H  
AB  
AB  
AB  
AB  
Table 4  
SAK-TC1798F-512F300EP Identification Registers  
Short Name  
CBS_JDPID  
CBS_JTAGID  
SCU_CHIPID  
SCU_MANID  
SCU_RTID  
Value  
Address  
Stepping  
AB  
0000 6350H  
1018 E083H  
8700 9802H  
0000 1820H  
0000 0000H  
F000 0408H  
F000 0464H  
F000 0640H  
F000 0644H  
F000 0648H  
AB  
AB  
AB  
AB  
Table 5  
SAK-TC1798N-512F300EP Identification Registers  
Short Name  
CBS_JDPID  
CBS_JTAGID  
SCU_CHIPID  
SCU_MANID  
SCU_RTID  
Value  
Address  
Stepping  
AB  
0000 6350H  
1018 E083H  
8700 B002H  
0000 1820H  
0000 0000H  
F000 0408H  
F000 0464H  
F000 0640H  
F000 0644H  
F000 0648H  
AB  
AB  
AB  
AB  
Table 6  
SAK-TC1798S-512F300EP Identification Registers  
Short Name  
CBS_JDPID  
CBS_JTAGID  
SCU_CHIPID  
Value  
Address  
Stepping  
AB  
0000 6350H  
1018 E083H  
8700 AC02H  
F000 0408H  
F000 0464H  
F000 0640H  
AB  
AB  
Data Sheet  
92  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Identification Registers  
Table 6  
SAK-TC1798S-512F300EP Identification Registers (cont’d)  
Short Name  
SCU_MANID  
SCU_RTID  
Value  
Address  
Stepping  
AB  
0000 1820H  
0000 0000H  
F000 0644H  
F000 0648H  
AB  
Data Sheet  
93  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
5
Electrical Parameters  
This specification provides all electrical parameters of the TC1798.  
5.1  
General Parameters  
5.1.1  
Parameter Interpretation  
The parameters listed in this section partly represent the characteristics of the TC1798  
and partly its requirements on the system. To aid interpreting the parameters easily  
when evaluating them for a design, they are marked with an two-letter abbreviation in  
column “Symbol”:  
CC  
Such parameters indicate Controller Characteristics which are a distinctive feature of  
the TC1798 and must be regarded for a system design.  
SR  
Such parameters indicate System Requirements which must provided by the  
microcontroller system in which the TC1798 designed in.  
Data Sheet  
94  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
5.1.2  
Pad Driver and Pad Classes Summary  
This section gives an overview on the different pad driver classes and its basic  
characteristics. More details (mainly DC parameters) are defined in the Section 5.2.1.  
Table 7  
Pad Driver and Pad Classes Overview  
Class Power Type  
Supply  
Sub Class Speed Load Leakage Termination  
1)  
Grade  
150oC 1)  
1)  
A
3.3 V  
LVTTL A1  
6 MHz 100 pF 500 nA  
No  
I/O,  
(e.g. GPIO)  
LVTTL  
outputs  
A1+  
(e.g. serial  
I/Os)  
25  
MHz  
50 pF 1 μA  
50 pF 3 μA  
Series  
termination  
recommended  
A2  
40  
Series  
(e.g. serial  
I/Os)  
MHz  
termination  
recommended  
B
F
3.3 V2) LVTTL  
I/O  
75  
MHz  
35 pF 6 μA  
Series  
termination  
recommended  
2.5 V  
75  
MHz  
35 pF  
2)  
1.8 V  
2)  
3.3 V  
LVDS  
50  
Parallel  
MHz  
termination,  
100 Ω ± 10% 3)  
CMOS  
ADC  
6 MHz 50 pF  
DE  
I
5 V  
3.3 V  
LVTTL  
(input  
only)  
1) These values show typical application configurations for the pad. Complete and detailed pad parameters are  
available in the individual pad parameter table on the following pages.  
2) Supplied via VDDEBU  
.
3) In applications where the LVDS pins are not used (disabled), these pins must be either left unconnected, or  
properly terminated with the differential parallel termination of 100 Ω ± 10%.  
Data Sheet  
95  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
5.1.3  
Absolute Maximum Ratings  
Stresses above the values listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause  
permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of  
the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational  
sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating  
conditions may affect device reliability.  
Table 8  
Absolute Maximum Rating Parameters  
Symbol Values  
Min. Typ. Max.  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Con  
dition  
Storage temperature  
TST  
SR -65  
150  
2.0  
°C  
Voltage at 1.3 V power supply VDD SR  
pins with respect to VSS  
V
Voltage at 3.3 V power supply VDDP  
4.33  
7.0  
V
V
V
pins with respect to VSS  
SR  
Voltage at 5 V power supply VDDM SR –  
pins with respect to VSS  
Voltage on any Class A input VIN  
pin and dedicated input pins  
with respect to VSS  
SR -0.7  
VDDP + 0.5  
Whatever  
is lower  
or max. 4.33  
Voltage on any Class D  
analog input pin with respect VAREFx  
to VAGND  
VAIN  
-0.6  
-0.6  
7.0  
7.0  
V
V
SR  
SR  
SR  
Voltage on any shared Class VAINF  
D analog input pin with  
VFAREF  
respect to VSSAF, if the FADC  
is switched through to the pin.  
Voltage on any shared Class VAINF  
D analog input pin with  
respect to VSSAF, if the FADC  
is switched through to the pin.  
-0.5  
-10  
7.0  
V
2)  
Input current on any pin  
IIN  
+10  
mA  
during overload condition1)  
Data Sheet  
96  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
Table 8  
Absolute Maximum Rating Parameters  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Con  
dition  
Min. Typ. Max.  
Absolute maximum sum of all IIN  
input circuit currents for one  
port group during overload  
condition3)  
-25  
+25  
200  
mA  
Absolute maximum sum of all ΣIIN  
input circuit currents during  
overload condition  
-200 –  
mA  
1) This parameter is an Absolute Maximum Rating. Exposure to Absolute Maximum Ratings for extended periods  
of time may damage the device.  
2) Refers to possibility of current caused degradation, where the voltages in overload do not violate the normal  
operating conditions. In case that the overvoltages violate the normal operating conditions, the reliability  
considerations caused by overvoltage apply independently, as described in this document.  
3) The port groups are defined in Table 13.  
Data Sheet  
97  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
5.1.4  
Pin Reliability in Overload  
When receiving signals from higher voltage devices, low-voltage devices experience  
overload currents and voltages that go beyond their own IO power supplies specification.  
Table 9 defines overload conditions that will not cause any negative reliability impact if  
all the following conditions are met:  
full operation life-time (24000 h) is not exceeded  
Operating Conditions are met for  
– pad supply levels (VDDP or VDDM  
)
– temperature  
If a pin current is out of the Operating Conditions but within the overload parameters,  
then the parameters functionality of this pin as stated in the Operating Conditions can no  
longer be guaranteed. Operation is still possible in most cases but with relaxed  
parameters.  
Note: An overload condition on one or more pins does not require a reset.  
Table 9  
Overload Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Con  
dition  
Min. Typ. Max.  
Input current on any digital pin IIN  
during overload condition  
except LVDS pins  
-5  
+5  
mA  
Input current on LVDS pins  
IINLVDS  
IING  
-3  
+3  
mA  
mA  
Absolute sum of all input  
circuit currents for one port  
group during overload  
condition1)  
-20  
+20  
Input current on analog pins IINANA  
-3  
+3  
mA  
mA  
Absolute sum of all analog  
input currents for analog  
inputs during overload  
condition  
IINSA  
-45  
+45  
Absolute sum of all input  
circuit currents during  
overload condition  
ΣIINS  
-100 –  
100  
mA  
1) The port groups are defined in Table 13.  
Note: FADC input pins count as analog pin as they are overlayed with an ADC pins.  
Data Sheet  
98  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
Table 10  
PN-Junction Characterisitics for positive Overload  
IN = 3 mA IN = 5 mA  
Pad Type  
I
I
A1 / A1+ / F  
UIN = VDDP + 0.6 V  
UIN = VDDP + 0.5 V  
UIN = VDDP + 0.7 V  
UIN = VDDM + 0.6 V  
UIN = VDDM + 0.6 V  
U
U
-
IN = VDDP + 0.7 V  
A2  
LVDS  
D
IN = VDDP + 0.6 V  
-
S
-
Table 11  
PN-Junction Characterisitics for negative Overload  
IN = -3 mA IN = -5 mA  
Pad Type  
I
I
A1 / A1+ / F  
UIN = VSS - 0.6 V  
UIN = VSS - 0.5 V  
UIN = VSS - 0.7 V  
UIN = VSSM - 0.6 V  
UIN = VSSM - 0.6 V  
U
U
-
IN = VSS - 0.7 V  
A2  
LVDS  
D
IN = VSS - 0.6 V  
-
S
-
Note: A series resistor at the pin to limit the current to the maximum permitted overload  
current is sufficient to handle failure situations like short to battery without having  
any negative reliability impact on the operational life-time.  
Data Sheet  
99  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
5.1.5  
Operating Conditions  
The following operating conditions must not be exceeded in order to ensure correct  
operation and reliability of the TC1798. All parameters specified in the following tables  
refer to these operating conditions, unless otherwise noticed.  
Digital supply voltages applied to the TC1798 must be static regulated voltages which  
allow a typical voltage swing of ± 5 %.  
All parameters specified in the following tables (Table 14 and following) refer to these  
operating conditions (Table 12), unless otherwise noticed in the Note / Test Condition  
column.  
The Extended Range Operating Conditions did not increase area of validity of the  
parameters defined in table 10 and later.  
Table 12  
Operating Conditions Parameters  
Symbol Values  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
Overload coupling factor KOVAN  
for analog inputs, negative CC  
0.0001  
IOV0 mA;  
IOV-2 mA;  
analog  
pad= 5.0 V  
Overload coupling factor KOVAP  
for analog inputs, positive CC  
0.0000  
1
IOV3 mA;  
IOV0 mA;  
analog  
pad= 5.0 V  
CPU Frequency  
f
CPU SR  
300  
MHz  
MHz  
Modulated fCPU  
fCPU_mod  
ulated SR  
300-  
2*MA1)  
FPI bus frequency  
f
FPI SR  
100  
MHz  
MHz  
Modulated fFPI  
fFPI_modul  
ated SR  
100-  
2*MA1)  
FSI frequency  
f
FSI SR  
150  
MHz  
MHz  
Modulated fFSI  
fFSI_modul  
ated SR  
150-  
2*MA1)  
PCP Frequency  
f
PCP SR  
200  
MHz  
MHz  
Modulated fPCP  
fPCP_mod  
ulated SR  
200-  
2*MA1)  
SRI Frequency  
Data Sheet  
f
SRI SR  
300  
MHz  
100  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
Table 12  
Operating Conditions Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Modulated fSRI  
fSRI_modul  
ated SR  
300-  
MHz  
2*MA1)  
Inactive device pin current IID SR  
-1  
1
mA All power  
supply voltages  
VDDx = 0  
Short circuit current of  
digital outputs2)  
I
SC SR -5  
5
mA  
mA  
Absolute sum of short  
circuit currents of the  
device  
ΣISC_D  
CC  
100  
Absolute sum of short  
circuit currents per pin  
group  
ΣISC_PG  
CC  
20  
mA  
Ambient Temperature  
Junction temperature  
Core Supply Voltage  
TA SR  
TJ SR  
-40  
-40  
125  
°C  
°C  
V
150  
1.3653)  
V
DD SR 1.235 1.3  
for duration  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
EBU supply voltage  
VDDEBU 3.135 3.3  
3.4655)  
V
for duration  
SR  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
2.375 2.5  
2.625  
1.89  
3.635)  
V
V
V
1.71  
1.8  
Flash supply voltage 3.3V VDDFL3  
3.135 3.3  
for duration  
SR  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
ADC analog supply  
voltage  
VDDM  
SR  
3.135  
5
5.54)  
V
V
Oscillator core supply  
voltage  
VDDOSC 1.235 1.3  
SR  
1.433)  
for duration  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
Oscillator 3.3V supply  
voltage  
VDDOSC3 3.135 3.3  
SR  
3.635)  
V
for duration  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
Data Sheet  
101  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
Table 12  
Operating Conditions Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Digital supply voltage for  
IO pads  
V
DDP SR 3.135 3.3  
3.63 5)  
V
V
V
V
for duration  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
E-Ray PLL core voltage  
supply  
VDDPF  
SR  
1.235 1.3  
1.433)  
3.635)  
for duration  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
E-Ray PLL 3.3V supply  
VDDPF3 3.135 3.3  
SR  
for duration  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
VDDP voltage to ensure  
defined pad states6)  
VDDPPA 0.65  
CC  
Digital ground voltage  
V
V
SS SR  
0
V
V
Analog ground voltage for  
SSM SR -0.1  
0
0.1  
VDDM  
Analog core supply  
VDDAF  
SR  
1.235 1.3  
3.135 3.3  
1.3653)  
3.475)  
0.1  
V
V
V
for duration  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
FADC / ADC analog  
supply voltage  
VDDMF  
SR  
for duration  
limitation see  
Section 5.1.5.1  
Analog ground voltage for VSSAF  
VDDMF SR  
-0.1  
0
1) MA equals the modulation amplitude in percentage times the configured PLL clock out frequency.  
2) Applicable for digital outputs.  
3) Voltage overshoot to 1.7V is permissible at Power-Up and PORST low, provided the pulse duration is less  
than 100 μs and the cumulated sum of the pulses does not exceed 1 h.  
4) Voltage overshoot to 6.5V is permissible at Power-Up and PORST low, provided the pulse duration is less  
than 100 μs and the cumulated sum of the pulses does not exceed 1 h.  
5) Voltage overshoot to 4.0V is permissible at Power-Up and PORST low, provided the pulse duration is less  
than 100 μs and the cumulated sum of the pulses does not exceed 1 h.  
6) This parameter is valid under the assumption the PORST signal is constantly at low level during the power-  
up/power-down of VDDP  
.
5.1.5.1 Extended Range Operating Conditions  
The following extended operating conditions are defined:  
1.3V + 5% < VDD / VDDOSC / VDDPF / VDDAF < 1.3V + 7.5% (overvoltage condition):  
Data Sheet  
102  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
– limited to 10000 hour duration cumulative in lifetime, due to the reliability reduction  
of the chip caused by the overvoltage stress.  
1.3V + 7.5% < VDD / VDDOSC / VDDPF / VDDAF < 1.3V + 10% (overvoltage condition):  
– limited to 1000 hour duration cumulative in lifetime, due to the reliability reduction  
of the chip caused by the overvoltage stress.  
VDDP / VDDOSC3 / VDDPF3 / VDDFL3 / VDDMF / VDDEBU< 3.3 V ± 10%  
3.3V + 5% < VDDP / VDDOSC3 / VDDPF3 / VDDFL3 / VDDMF / VDDEBU< 3.3V + 10%  
(overvoltage condition):  
limited to 1000 hour duration cumulative in lifetime, due to the reliability reduction  
of the chip caused by the overvoltage stress.  
Table 13  
Pin Groups for Overload / Short-Circuit Current Sum Parameter  
Group  
1
Pins  
P2.[4:2], P6.[6:9]  
P6.[5:4], P6.[11:10]  
P6.[15:12]  
2
3
4
P8.[5:0]  
5
P8.[7:6], P1.[15:13]  
P1.5, P1.[11:8]  
6
7
P1.[4:2], P1.6, P1.12  
P1.[1:0], P7.[2:0]  
P7.[7:3]  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
P4.[6:0]  
P4.[10:7]  
P4.[15:11]  
P10.[5:0]  
P15.[7:4], P16.[1:0]  
P15.3, P15.[12:11], P16.[5:3]  
P15.[2:0], P15.[9:8], P16.2, P16.8  
P15.10, P15.[15:13], P16.[7:6]  
P14.[15:12]  
P14.[11:8], P16.12  
P14.[7:3], P16.11  
P13.15, P14.[2:0]  
Data Sheet  
103  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersGeneral Parameters  
Table 13  
Pin Groups for Overload / Short-Circuit Current Sum Parameter  
(cont’d)  
Group  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
Pins  
P13.[14:11]  
P13.[10:8], P16.10  
P13.[7:4], P16.9  
P12.5, P13.[3:0]  
P12.[4:0]  
P11.[15:11]  
P11.[10:6]  
P11.[5:2]  
P11.[1:0], P12.[7:6]  
P9.10, P9.14  
P9.7, P9.13  
P9.[4:2], P9.6  
P9.1, P9.5, P9.[9:8]  
P9.0, P9.[12:11]  
P5.[11:8]  
P5.6, P5.[15:12]  
P5.0, P5.[5:2], P5.7  
P3.[5:0], P5.1  
P3.[12:6]  
P0.[3:0], P3.[15:13]  
P0.[11:4]  
P0.[14:12]  
P0.15, P18.[5:0]  
P2.[15:11], P18.[7:6]  
P2.[10:5]  
Data Sheet  
104  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
5.2  
DC Parameters  
5.2.1  
Input/Output Pins  
Table 14  
Standard_Pads Parameters  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
Pin capacitance (digital  
inputs/outputs)  
CIO CC  
10  
pF  
TA= 25 °C;  
f= 1 MHz  
Pull-down current  
|IPDL  
CC  
|
150  
μA  
μA  
Vi0.6 x VDDP V  
Vi0.36 x  
10  
V
DDP V  
Pull-Up current  
|IPUH  
CC  
|
10  
μA  
μA  
Vi0.6 x VDDP V  
Vi0.36 x  
100  
V
DDP V  
Spike filter always blocked tSF1 CC  
pulse duration  
10  
ns  
ns  
only PORST pin  
Spike filter pass-through  
pulse duration  
t
SF2 CC 100  
only PORST pin  
Table 15  
Standard_Pads Class_A1  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
Input Hysteresis for A1  
pads 1)  
HYSA1 0.1 x  
V
CC  
VDDP  
Input Leakage Current  
Class A1  
IOZA1  
CC  
-500  
500  
nA  
Vi0 V;  
ViVDDP V  
Ratio Vil/Vih, A1 pads  
VILA1  
VIHA1  
CC  
/
0.6  
Data Sheet  
105  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 15  
Standard_Pads Class_A1 (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
On-Resistance of the  
RDSONW  
450  
600  
Ohm IOH> -0.5 mA;  
class A1 pad, weak driver CC  
P_MOS  
210  
340  
155  
110  
150  
Ohm IOL< 0.5 mA;  
N_MOS  
On-Resistance of the  
class A1 pad, medium  
driver  
RDSONM  
CC  
Ohm IOH> 2 mA;  
P_MOS  
Ohm IOL< 2 mA;  
N_MOS  
Fall time,pad type A1  
t
FA1 CC  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CL= 20 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
50  
CL= 50 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
140  
550  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
18000 ns  
65000 ns  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Data Sheet  
106  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 15  
Standard_Pads Class_A1 (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Rise time, pad type A1  
t
RA1 CC  
150  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CL= 20 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
50  
CL= 50 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
140  
550  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
18000 ns  
65000 ns  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Input high voltage class  
A1 pads  
VIHA1  
SR  
0.6 x  
VDDP  
min(V  
DDP+  
0.3,3.6  
)
V
V
Input low voltage class A1 VILA1 SR -0.3  
0.36 x  
pads  
VDDP  
Data Sheet  
107  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 15  
Standard_Pads Class_A1 (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Output voltage high class VOHA1  
A1 pads CC  
VDDP  
0.4  
-
-
V
V
V
V
V
V
IOH-1.4 mA;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
2.4  
IOH-2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
VDDP  
0.4  
IOH-400 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
2.4  
IOH-500 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Output voltage low class VOLA1  
A1 pads CC  
0.4  
0.4  
IOL2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
IOL500 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
1) Hysteresis is implemented to avoid metastable states and switching due to internal ground bounce. It can´t be  
guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to external system noise.  
Table 16  
Standard_Pads Class_A1+  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
Input Hysteresis for A1+  
pads 1)  
HYSA1 0.1 x  
V
+ CC  
VDDP  
Input Leakage Current  
Class A1+  
IOZA1+  
CC  
-1000  
1000  
600  
nA  
On-Resistance of the  
class A1+ pad, weak  
driver  
RDSONW  
CC  
450  
210  
Ohm IOH> -0.5 mA;  
P_MOS  
340  
Ohm IOL< 0.5 mA;  
N_MOS  
Data Sheet  
108  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 16  
Standard_Pads Class_A1+ (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
On-Resistance of the  
class A1+ pad, medium  
driver  
RDSONM  
CC  
155  
Ohm IOH> 2 mA;  
P_MOS  
110  
100  
80  
Ohm IOL< 2 mA;  
N_MOS  
On-Resistance of the  
class A1+ pad, strong  
driver  
RDSON1+  
CC  
Ohm IOH> 2 mA;  
P_MOS  
Ohm IOL< 2 mA;  
N_MOS  
Fall time, pad type A1+  
t
FA1+ CC −  
150  
ns  
ns  
CL= 20 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
28  
16  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= slow ;  
pin out  
driver= strong  
ns  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= soft ; pin  
out  
driver= strong  
50  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CL= 50 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
140  
550  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
18000 ns  
65000 ns  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Data Sheet  
109  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 16  
Standard_Pads Class_A1+ (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
RA1+ CC −  
Max.  
Rise time, pad type A1+  
t
150  
ns  
CL= 20 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
28  
16  
ns  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= slow ;  
pin out  
driver= strong  
ns  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= soft ; pin  
out  
driver= strong  
50  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CL= 50 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
140  
550  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
18000 ns  
65000 ns  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Input high voltage, Class VIHA1+  
0.6 x  
VDDP  
min(V  
DDP+  
0.3,3.6  
)
V
V
A1+ pads  
SR  
Input low voltage Class  
A1+ pads  
VILA1+  
SR  
-0.3  
0.6  
0.36 x  
VDDP  
Ratio Vil/Vih, A1+ pads  
VILA1+  
VIHA1+  
CC  
/
Data Sheet  
110  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 16  
Standard_Pads Class_A1+ (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Output voltage high class VOHA1+ VDDP  
A1+ pads  
-
-
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
IOH-1.4 mA;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
CC  
0.4  
VDDP  
0.4  
IOH-1.4 mA;  
pin out  
driver= strong  
2.4  
2.4  
IOH-2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
IOH-2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= strong  
VDDP  
0.4  
-
IOH-400 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
2.4  
IOH-500 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Output voltage low class VOLA1+  
A1+ pads CC  
0.4  
0.4  
0.4  
IOL2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
IOL2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= strong  
IOL500 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
1) Hysteresis is implemented to avoid metastable states and switching due to internal ground bounce. It can´t be  
guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to external system noise.  
Data Sheet  
111  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 17  
Standard_Pads Class_A2  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
Input Hysteresis for A2  
pads 1)  
HYSA2 0.1 x  
V
CC  
VDDP  
Input Leakage current  
Class A2  
IOZA2  
CC  
-6000  
6000  
nA  
Vi< VDDP / 2 -  
1 V; Vi> VDDP /2  
+ 1 V; Vi0 V;  
ViVDDP V  
-3000  
0.6  
3000  
nA  
Vi> VDDP / 2 -  
1 V; Vi< VDDP /2  
+ 1 V  
Ratio Vil/Vih, A2 pads  
On-Resistance of the  
VILA2  
VIHA2  
CC  
/
RDSONW  
450  
210  
600  
340  
155  
110  
28  
Ohm IOH> -0.5 mA;  
class A2 pad, weak driver CC  
P_MOS  
Ohm IOL< 0.5 mA;  
N_MOS  
On-Resistance of the  
class A2 pad, medium  
driver  
RDSONM  
CC  
Ohm IOH> 2 mA;  
P_MOS  
Ohm IOL< 2 mA;  
N_MOS  
On-Resistance of the  
class A2 pad, strong driver CC  
RDSON2  
Ohm IOH> 2 mA;  
P_MOS  
22  
Ohm IOL< 2 mA;  
N_MOS  
Data Sheet  
112  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 17  
Standard_Pads Class_A2 (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Fall time, pad type A2  
t
FA2 CC  
150  
ns  
CL= 20 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
7
ns  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= medium  
; pin out  
driver= strong  
10  
3.7  
5
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= medium-  
minus ; pin out  
driver= strong  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= sharp ;  
pin out  
driver= strong  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= sharp-  
minus ; pin out  
driver= strong  
16  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= soft ; pin  
out  
driver= strong  
50  
ns  
ns  
CL= 50 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
7.5  
CL= 100 pF;  
edge= sharp ;  
pin out  
driver= strong  
140  
ns  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
Data Sheet  
113  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 17  
Standard_Pads Class_A2 (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
550  
ns  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
18000 ns  
65000 ns  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Data Sheet  
114  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 17  
Standard_Pads Class_A2 (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Rise time, pad type A2  
t
RA2 CC  
150  
ns  
CL= 20 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
7.0  
10  
3.7  
5
ns  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= medium  
; pin out  
driver= strong  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= medium-  
minus ; pin out  
driver= strong  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= sharp ;  
pin out  
driver= strong  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= sharp-  
minus ; pin out  
driver= strong  
16  
CL= 50 pF;  
edge= soft ; pin  
out  
driver= strong  
50  
ns  
ns  
CL= 50 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
7.5  
CL= 100 pF;  
edge= sharp ;  
pin out  
driver= strong  
140  
ns  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
Data Sheet  
115  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 17  
Standard_Pads Class_A2 (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
550  
ns  
CL= 150 pF; pin  
out  
driver= weak  
18000 ns  
65000 ns  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
CL= 20000 pF;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Input high voltage, class  
A2 pads  
VIHA2  
SR  
0.6 x  
VDDP  
min(V  
DDP+  
0.3,  
V
3.6)  
Input low voltage Class A2 VILA2 SR -0.3  
pads  
0.36 x  
VDDP  
V
V
Output voltage high class VOHA2  
VDDP  
-
-
IOH-1.4 mA;  
pin out  
driver= medium  
A2 pads  
CC  
0.4  
VDDP  
0.4  
V
V
V
V
V
IOH-1.4 mA;  
pin out  
driver= strong  
2.4  
2.4  
IOH-2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
IOH-2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= strong  
VDDP  
0.4  
-
IOH-400 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
2.4  
IOH-500 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
Data Sheet  
116  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 17  
Standard_Pads Class_A2 (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Output voltage low class VOLA2  
A2 pads CC  
0.4  
V
V
V
IOL2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= medium  
0.4  
0.4  
IOL2 mA; pin  
out  
driver= strong  
IOL500 μA;  
pin out  
driver= weak  
1) Hysteresis is implemented to avoid metastable states and switching due to internal ground bounce. It can´t be  
guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to external system noise.  
Table 18  
Standard_Pads Class_B  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Input Hysteresis, B class HYSB  
0.05 x  
VDDEBU  
V
V
V
V
V
DDEBU= 1.8 V  
DDEBU= 2.5 V  
DDEBU= 3.3 V  
DDEBU= 1.8 V;  
pads1)  
CC  
0.08 x  
VDDEBU  
V
0.1 x  
VDDEBU  
V
Input Leakage Current,  
class B pads  
I
OZB CC -3000  
3000  
nA  
Vi> 0 V;  
Vi< VDDEBU V  
-6000  
6000  
3000  
nA  
nA  
Vi> 0 V;  
Vi> VDDEBU/2 +  
0.6 V;  
ViVDDEBU V;  
ViVDDEBU/2 -  
0.6 V  
-3000  
Vi> VDDEBU/2 -  
0.6 V;  
Vi< VDDEBU/2 +  
0.6 V  
Data Sheet  
117  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 18  
Standard_Pads Class_B (cont’d)  
Symbol Values  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
Ratio between low and  
high input threshold  
VILB  
IHB CC  
RDSONW  
/
0.6  
V
On-Resistance of the  
class B pad, weak driver CC  
450  
210  
600  
340  
155  
110  
28  
Ohm IOH> -0.5 mA;  
P_MOS;  
V
DDEBU= 3.3 V  
Ohm IOL< 0.5 mA;  
N_MOS;  
V
DDEBU= 3.3 V  
On-Resistance of the  
class B pad, medium  
driver  
RDSONM  
CC  
Ohm IOH> -2 mA;  
P_MOS;  
V
DDEBU= 3.3 V  
Ohm IOL< 2 mA;  
N_MOS;  
V
DDEBU= 3.3 V  
On-Resistance of the  
class B pad, strong driver CC  
RDSON2  
Ohm IOH> -2 mA;  
P_MOS;  
V
DDEBU= 3.3 V  
22  
Ohm IOL< 2 mA;  
N_MOS;  
V
DDEBU= 3.3 V  
Data Sheet  
118  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 18  
Standard_Pads Class_B (cont’d)  
Symbol Values  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
Fall time, class B pads;  
edge= sharp ; pin out  
driver= strong 2)  
t
FB CC  
3.3  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CL= 20 pF;  
DDEBU 1.53 V;  
VDDEBU1.98 V  
V
5.0  
3.0  
2.5  
7.0  
4.0  
3.3  
12.0  
7.0  
6.0  
CL= 35 pF;  
V
DDEBU 1.53 V;  
VDDEBU1.98 V  
CL= 35 pF;  
V
DDEBU 2.375 ;  
VDDEBU2.625  
CL= 35 pF;  
V
DDEBU 3.13 ;  
VDDEBU3.47  
CL= 50 pF;  
V
DDEBU 1.53 V;  
VDDEBU1.98 V  
CL= 50 pF;  
V
DDEBU 2.375 ;  
VDDEBU2.625  
CL= 50 pF;  
V
DDEBU 3.13 ;  
VDDEBU3.47  
CL= 100 pF;  
V
DDEBU 1.53 V;  
VDDEBU1.98 V  
CL= 100 pF;  
V
DDEBU 2.375 ;  
VDDEBU2.625  
CL= 100 pF;  
V
DDEBU 3.13 ;  
VDDEBU3.47  
Data Sheet  
119  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 18  
Standard_Pads Class_B (cont’d)  
Symbol Values  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
Rise time, class B pads;  
edge= sharp ; pin out  
driver= strong 2)  
t
RB CC  
3.3  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
V
CL= 20 pF;  
DDEBU 1.53 V;  
VDDEBU1.98 V  
V
5.0  
CL= 35 pF;  
V
DDEBU 1.53 V;  
VDDEBU1.98 V  
3.0  
CL= 35 pF;  
V
DDEBU 2.375 ;  
VDDEBU2.625  
3.0  
CL= 35 pF;  
V
DDEBU 3.13 ;  
VDDEBU3.47  
7.0  
CL= 50 pF;  
V
DDEBU 1.53 V;  
VDDEBU1.98 V  
4.0  
CL= 50 pF;  
V
DDEBU 2.375 ;  
VDDEBU2.625  
3.7  
CL= 50 pF;  
V
DDEBU 3.13 ;  
VDDEBU3.47  
12.0  
7.0  
CL= 100 pF;  
V
DDEBU 1.53 V;  
VDDEBU1.98 V  
CL= 100 pF;  
V
DDEBU 2.375 ;  
VDDEBU2.625  
6.0  
CL= 100 pF;  
V
DDEBU 3.13 ;  
VDDEBU3.47  
Input high voltage, class B VIHB CC 0.6 x  
max(V  
pads  
VDDEBU  
DDEBU  
+ 0.3,  
3.6)  
Data Sheet  
120  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 18  
Standard_Pads Class_B (cont’d)  
Symbol Values  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
Input low voltage, Class B  
pads  
V
ILB CC -0.3  
0.36 x  
VDDEBU  
V
V
V
Output voltage high, class VOHB  
B pads  
VDDEBU  
- 0.4  
I
I
OH -2 mA;  
OL= 2 mA  
CC  
Output voltage low, class  
B pads  
V
OLB CC −  
0.4  
1) Hysteresis is implemented to avoid metastable states and switching due to internal ground bounce. It can´t be  
guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to external system noise.  
2) For non strong driver and sharp edge settings see the class A2 definitions.  
Table 19  
Standard_Pads Class_F  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Input Hysteresis F1)  
HYSF  
CC  
0.05 x  
VDDP  
V
Input Leakage Current  
Class F  
I
OZF CC -6000  
6000  
3000  
nA  
Vi< VDDP / 2 -  
1 V; Vi> VDDP /2  
+ 1 V; Vi0 V;  
ViVDDP V  
-3000  
nA  
Vi> VDDP / 2 -  
1 V; Vi< VDDP /2  
+ 1 V  
Ratio Vil/ Vih, F pads  
VILF  
/
0.6  
V
IHF CC  
On-Resistance of the  
class F pad, medium  
driver  
RDSONM  
CC  
170  
145  
60  
60  
Ohm IOH> -2 mA;  
P_MOS  
Ohm IOL< 2 mA;  
N_MOS  
Fall time, pad type F,  
CMOS mode  
t
t
FF CC  
RF CC  
ns  
ns  
CL= 50 pF  
Rise time, pad type F,  
CMOS mode  
CL= 50 pF  
Data Sheet  
121  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 19  
Standard_Pads Class_F (cont’d)  
Symbol Values  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
Input high voltage, pad  
class F, CMOS mode  
V
V
IHF SR 0.6 x  
min(V  
DDP+  
0.3,  
V
VDDP  
3.6)  
Input low voltage, Class F  
pads, CMOS mode  
ILF SR -0.3  
0.36 x  
VDDP  
V
V
Output high voltage, class VOHF  
F pads, CMOS mode  
VDDP-  
0.4  
IOH-1.4 mA  
CC  
2.4  
V
V
IOH-2 mA  
IOL2 mA  
Output low voltage, class  
F pads, CMOS mode  
V
OLF CC −  
0.4  
1) Hysteresis is implemented to avoid metastable states and switching due to internal ground bounce. It can´t be  
guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to external system noise.  
Table 20  
Standard_Pads Class_I  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Input Hysteresis Class I1) HYSI  
0.1 x  
V
CC  
VDDP  
Input Leakage Current  
I
OZI CC -1000  
ILI / VIHI 0.6  
CC  
1000  
nA  
Ratio between low and  
high input threshold  
V
Input high voltage, class I  
pins  
V
IHI SR 0.6 x  
min(V  
DDP+  
0.3,  
V
VDDP  
3.6)  
Input low voltage, Class I  
pads  
V
ILI SR -0.3  
0.36 x  
VDDP  
V
1) Hysteresis is implemented to avoid metastable states and switching due to internal ground bounce. It can´t be  
guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to external system noise.  
Class S pad parameters are only valid for VDDM = 4.75 V to 5.25 V.  
Data Sheet  
122  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 21  
Standard_Pads Class_S  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Input Hysteresis for class HYSS  
0.3  
V
S pads1)  
CC  
Input leakage current  
Input voltage high  
Input voltage low  
I
OZS CC -300  
300  
3.6  
nA  
V
V
V
IHS CC  
ILS CC 1.9  
V
V
ILS Delta 2)  
VILSD  
CC  
-50  
50  
mV Maximum input  
low state  
treshold  
variation over  
1ms  
(VDDP = consta  
nt)  
1) Hysteresis is implemented to avoid metastable states and switching due to internal ground bounce. It can´t be  
guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to external system noise.  
2) VILSD is implemented to ensure J2716 specification. It can’t be guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to  
external noise.  
Table 22  
LVDS_Pads Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
RO CC 40  
Max.  
Output impedance, pad  
class F, LVDS mode  
140  
Ohm  
ns  
Fall time, pad type LVDS  
t
FL CC  
2
termination  
100 ± 1 %;  
differential  
capacitance = 1  
0 pF; input  
capacitance = 2  
0 pF  
Data Sheet  
123  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 22  
LVDS_Pads Parameters (cont’d)  
Symbol Values  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
Rise time, pad type LVDS tRL CC  
2
ns  
termination  
100 ± 1 %;  
differential  
capacitance = 1  
0 pF; input  
capacitance = 2  
0 pF  
Pad set-up time  
tSET_LVD  
S CC  
13  
μs  
termination  
100 ± 1 %  
Output Differential Voltage VOD CC 150  
400  
1525  
mV termination  
100 ± 1 %  
Output voltage high, pad  
class F, LVDS mode  
V
V
V
OH CC  
mV termination  
100 ± 1 %  
Output voltage low, pad  
class F, LVDS mode  
OL CC 875  
mV termination  
100 ± 1 %  
Output Offset Voltage  
OS CC 1075  
1325  
mV termination  
100 ± 1 %  
Data Sheet  
124  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
5.2.2  
Analog to Digital Converters (ADCx)  
ADC parameter are valid for VDD / DDAF = 1.235 V to 1.365 V; VDDM = 4.5 V to 5.5 V.  
Table 23  
ADC Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
9
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Switched capacitance at CAINSW  
20  
pF  
pF  
pF  
the analog voltage inputs1) CC  
Total capacitance of an  
analog input  
CAINTOT  
CC  
20  
15  
30  
30  
Switched capacitance at CAREFSW  
the positive reference  
CC  
voltage input2)3)  
Total capacitance of the  
CAREFTO  
20  
40  
3
pF  
voltage reference inputs2) T CC  
Differential Non-Linearity EADNL  
-3  
LSB ADC  
Error4)5)6)7)  
CC  
resolution= 12-  
bit 8) 9)  
LSB ADC  
Gain Error4)5)6)7)  
EAGAIN -3.5  
CC  
3.5  
3
resolution= 12-  
bit 8) 9)  
Integral Non-  
Linearity4)5)7)7)  
EAINL  
CC  
-3  
-3  
LSB ADC  
resolution= 12-  
bit 8) 9)  
ADC = 0,1,2  
LSB ADC  
;
3
resolution= 12-  
bit 8) 9)  
ADC3 and  
V
AIN VAREFx  
0.15 V  
LSB ADC  
-
-15  
15  
resolution= 12-  
bit 8) 9)  
ADC3 and  
VAREFx  
-
0.15 V VAIN  
<
VAREFx  
Data Sheet  
125  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 23  
ADC Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
-4  
Max.  
Offset Error4)5)6)7)  
EAOFF  
CC  
4
LSB ADC  
resolution= 12-  
bit 8) 9)  
ADC= fFPI  
Converter clock  
f
f
ADC SR  
4
100  
18  
MHz f  
Internal ADC clock  
ADCI CC 1  
MHz ADC0  
MHz ADC1  
MHz ADC2  
MHz ADC3  
1
1
1
18  
2010)  
16  
Charge consumption per QCONV  
conversion CC  
70  
8511)  
100  
pC  
chargeneedsto  
be provided via  
VAREF0  
Data Sheet  
126  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 23  
ADC Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
OZ1 CC -100  
Max.  
Input leakage at analog  
inputs12)  
I
500  
nA  
nA  
nA  
nA  
nA  
ViVDDM V;  
Vi0.97 x  
V
DDM V;  
overlayed= No  
-100  
-500  
-600  
-100  
600  
100  
100  
200  
Vi0.97 x  
V
DDM V;  
ViVDDM V;  
overlayed= Yes  
Vi0.03 x  
V
DDM V;  
Vi0 V;  
overlayed= No  
Vi0.03 x  
V
DDM V;  
Vi0 V;  
overlayed= Yes  
Vi> 0.03 x  
V
DDM V;  
Vi< 0.97 x  
DDM V;  
V
overlayed= No  
-100  
300  
nA  
Vi< 0.97 x  
V
DDM V;  
Vi> 0.03 x  
DDM V;  
V
overlayed= Yes  
Input leakage current at  
VAREFx  
I
I
OZ2 CC -1  
OZ3 CC -1  
1
μA  
VAREFx0 V;  
VAREFxVDDM V  
Input leakage current at  
1
μA  
VAGNDx0 V;  
VAGNDx  
VAGNDxVDDM V  
ON resistance of the  
transmission gates in the  
analog voltage path  
R
AIN CC  
900  
1500  
Ohm  
ON resistance for the ADC RAIN7T  
180  
550  
900  
Ohm  
test (pull down for AIN7)  
CC  
Data Sheet  
127  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 23  
ADC Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Resistance of the  
reference voltage input  
path  
RAREF  
CC  
500  
1000  
Ohm  
Sample time  
tS CC  
2
257  
TADCI  
Calibration time after bit  
ADC_GLOBCFG.SUCAL  
is set  
t
CAL CC  
4352  
cycle  
s
Total Unadjusted  
Error6)5)13)  
TUE CC -4  
414)  
LSB ADC  
resolution= 12-  
bit  
ADC = 0,1,2  
-4  
414)  
LSB ADC  
resolution= 12-  
bit 8) 9)  
ADC3 and  
V
AIN VAREFx  
0.15 V  
LSB ADC  
-
-14  
1414)  
resolution= 12-  
bit 8) 9)  
ADC3 and  
VAREFx  
-
0.15 V VAIN  
<
VAREFx  
Analog reference ground2) VAGNDx VSSM  
SR 0.05  
AIN SR VAGNDx  
Analog reference voltage2) VAREFx VAGNDx  
-
VAREFx  
- 1  
V
V
Analog input voltage  
V
VAREFx  
V
DDM + V  
SR  
+ 1  
0.0515)  
16)  
Analog reference voltage VAREFx  
-
V
DDM/2 −  
V
0.05  
DDM + V  
range6)5)2)  
VAGNDx  
SR  
1) The sampling capacity of the conversion C-network is pre-charged to VAREFx/2 before the sampling moment.  
Because of the parasitic elements the voltage measured at AINx can deviate from VAREFx/2.  
2) Applies to AINx, when used as auxiliary reference input.  
Data Sheet  
128  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
3) This represents an equivalent switched capacitance. This capacitance is not switched to the reference voltage  
at once. Instead smaller capacitances are successively switched to the reference voltage.  
4) The sum of DNL/INL/GAIN/OFF errors does not exceed the related TUE total unadjusted error.  
5) If a reduced analog reference voltage between 1V and VDDM / 2 is used, then there are additional decrease in  
the ADC speed and accuracy.  
6) If the analog reference voltage range is below VDDM but still in the defined range of VDDM / 2 and VDDM is used,  
then the ADC converter errors increase. If the reference voltage is reduced by the factor k (k<1),  
TUE,DNL,INL,Gain, and Offset errors increase also by the factor 1/k.  
7) If the analog reference voltage is > VDDM, then the ADC converter errors increase.  
8) For 10-bit conversions the error value must be multiplied with a factor 0.25.  
9) For 8-bit conversions the error value must be multiplied with a factor 0.0625.  
10) For fADCI between 18MHz and 20MHz the TUE and Gain Error can increase beyond the given limits. For  
STC < 2 INL, DNL , and Offset errors can also increase.  
11) For a conversion time of 1 µs a rms value of 85µA result for IAREFx.  
12) The leakage current definition is a continuos function, as shown in figure ADCx Analoge Input Leakage. The  
numerical values defined determine the characteristic points of the given continuous linear approximation -  
they do not define step function.  
13) Measured without noise.  
14) For 10-bit conversion the TUE is ±2LSB; for 8-bit conversion the TUE is ±1LSB  
15) A running conversion may become inexact in case of violating the normal conditions (voltage overshoot).  
16) If the reference voltage VAREFx increase or the VDDM decrease, so that VAREF = (VDDM + 0.05V to VDDM + 0.07V),  
then the accuracy of the ADC decrease by 4LSB12.  
Table 24  
Conversion Time (Operating Conditions apply)  
Parameter  
Symbol Values  
Unit Note  
Conversion  
time with  
tC CC 2 × TADC + (4 + STC + n) × TADCI μs  
n = 8, 10, 12 for  
n - bit conversion  
post-calibration  
T
T
ADC = 1 / fFPI  
ADCI = 1 / fADCI  
Conversion  
2 × TADC + (2 + STC + n) × TADCI  
time without  
post-calibration  
The power-up calibration of the ADC requires a maximum number of 4352 fADCI cycles.  
Data Sheet  
129  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Analog Input Circuitry  
RAIN, On  
REXT  
ANx  
VAIN  
CEXT  
CAINSW  
=
C
AINTOT - CAINSW  
VAGNDx  
RAIN7T  
Reference Voltage Input Circuitry  
RAREF, On  
VAREFx  
VAREF  
C
AREFTOT - CAREFSW  
CAREFSW  
VAGNDx  
Analog_InpRefDiag  
Figure 6  
ADCx Input Circuits  
Data Sheet  
130  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Ioz1  
Single ADC Input  
500nA  
200nA  
100nA  
VIN[VDDM%]  
-100nA  
3%  
97%100%  
-500nA  
Ioz1  
Overlayed ADC/FADC Input  
600nA  
300nA  
100nA  
VIN[VDDM%]  
-100nA  
3%  
97%100%  
-600nA  
Figure 7  
ADCx Analog Inputs Leakage  
Data Sheet  
131  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
5.2.3  
Fast Analog to Digital Converter (FADC)  
FADC parameter are vaild for VDD / DDAF = 1.235 V to 1.365 V; VDDMF = 2.97 V to 3.6 V.  
Table 25  
FADC Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Input current at VFAREF IFAREF  
120  
μA  
CC  
Input leakage current at  
VFAREF1)  
IFOZ2  
CC  
-500  
-500  
-1  
500  
500  
1
nA  
VFAREFVDDMF  
V; VFAREF0 V  
Input leakage current at  
VFAGND  
IFOZ3  
CC  
nA  
DNL error  
EFDNL  
LSB  
VIN mode=  
CC  
differential;  
Gain = 1 or 2  
-2  
-1  
-2  
2
1
2
5
5
6
6
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
%
VIN mode=  
differential;  
Gain = 4 or 82)  
V
IN mode=  
single ended;  
Gain = 1 or 2  
V
IN mode=  
single ended;  
Gain = 4 or 82)  
GRADient error  
EFGRAD -5  
VIN mode=  
differential ;  
Gain4  
CC  
-5  
-6  
-6  
%
VIN mode=  
single ended ;  
Gain4  
%
VIN mode=  
differential ;  
Gain= 8  
%
VIN mode=  
single ended ;  
Gain= 8  
Data Sheet  
132  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 25  
FADC Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
INL error  
EFINL  
-4  
4
LSB  
LSB  
mV  
V
IN mode=  
differential  
IN mode=  
single ended  
IN mode=  
CC  
-4  
4
V
Offset error  
EFOFF  
-90  
90  
V
CC  
differential ;  
Calibration= No  
-90  
-20  
90  
20  
mV  
mV  
VIN mode=  
single ended ;  
Calibration= No  
V
IN mode=  
differential ;  
Calibration= Ye  
s 3)4)  
-20  
20  
mV  
VIN mode=  
single ended ;  
Calibration= Ye  
s 3)4)  
Error of commen mode  
voltage VFAREF/2  
EFREF  
CC  
-60  
2
60  
mV  
Channel amplifier cutoff  
frequency  
fCOFF  
CC  
MHz  
MHz  
1 /  
Converter clock  
fFADC  
SR  
1
100  
21  
200  
f
FADC= fFPI  
Conversion time  
tC CC  
For 10-bit  
fFADC conversion  
Input resistance of the  
analog voltage path (Rn, CC  
RFAIN  
100  
kOh  
m
Rp)  
Settling time of a channel  
amplifier after changing  
ENN or ENP  
t
SET CC  
5
μs  
Analog input voltage  
range  
VAINF  
SR  
VFAGND  
VDDMF  
V
Data Sheet  
133  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 25  
FADC Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
Analog reference ground VFAGND VSSAF  
SR 0.05  
-
VSSAF  
+ 0.05  
V
V
Analog reference voltage VFAREF 2.97  
3.635)  
6)  
SR  
1) This value applies in power-down mode.  
2) No missing codes.  
3) Calibration should be preformed at each power-up. In case of a continous operation, it should be performed  
minimium once per week.  
4) The offser error voltage drifts over the whole temperature range maximum +-3LSB.  
5) Voltage overshoot to 4V is permissible, provided the pulse duration is less than 100 μs and the cumulated sum  
of the pulses does not exceed 1 h.  
6) A running conversion may become inexact in case of violating the nomal operating conditions (voltage  
overshoots).  
The calibration procedure should run after each power-up, when all power supply  
voltages and the reference voltage have stabilized.  
Data Sheet  
134  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
FADC Analog Input Stage  
RN  
FAINxN  
-
+
VFAREF/2  
VFAGND  
+
-
RP  
FAINxP  
FADC Reference Voltage  
Input Circuitry  
VFAREF  
IFAREF  
VFAREF  
VFAGND  
FADC_InpRefDiag  
Figure 8  
FADC Input Circuits  
Data Sheet  
135  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
5.2.4  
Oscillator Pins  
Table 26  
OSC_XTAL Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
IX1 CC -25  
Max.  
Input current at XTAL1  
Input frequency  
I
25  
μA  
VIN<VDDOSC3  
VIN>0 V  
;
f
OSC SR  
4
8
40  
MHz Direct Input  
Mode selected  
25  
MHz ExternalCrystal  
Mode selected  
Oscillator start-up time1)  
tOSCS  
10  
ms  
CC  
Input high voltage at  
XTAL12)  
V
IHX SR 0.7 x  
VDDOS  
V
VDDOS  
+
C3  
0.5  
C3  
Input low voltage at  
XTAL1  
V
ILX SR -0.5  
0.3 x  
VDDOS  
V
C3  
Input Hysteresis for  
XTAL1 pad 3)  
HYSAX  
CC  
200  
mV  
1)  
tOSCS is defined from the moment when VDDOSC3 = 3.13V until the oscillations reach an amplitude at XTAL1 of  
0.3 * VDDOSC3. The external oscillator circuitry must be optimized by the customer and checked for negative  
resistance as recommended and specified by crystral suppliers.  
2) If the XTAL1 pin is driven by a crystal, reaching a minimum amplitude (peak-to-peak) of 0.4 * VDDOSC3 is  
necessary.  
3) Hysteresis is implemented to avoid metastable states and switching due to internal ground bounce. It can´t be  
guaranteed that it suppresses switching due to external system noise.  
Note: It is strongly recommended to measure the oscillation allowance (negative  
resistance) in the final target system (layout) to determine the optimal parameters  
for the oscillator operation. Please refer to the limits specified by the crystal or  
ceramic resonator supplier.  
Data Sheet  
136  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
5.2.5  
Temperature Sensor  
Table 27  
DTS Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
100  
Measurement time  
tM CC  
μs  
Temperature sensor  
range  
T
SR SR -40  
150  
°C  
Sensor Accuracy  
(calibrated)  
T
TSA CC -6  
6
°C  
Start-up time after resets  
inactive  
t
TSST SR −  
20  
μs  
The following formula calculates the temperature measured by the DTS in [oC] from the  
RESULT bit field of the DTSSTAT register.  
(1)  
DTSSTATRESULT 596  
Tj = ------------------------------------------------------------------  
2, 03  
Data Sheet  
137  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
5.2.6  
Power Supply Current  
The total power supply current defined below consists of leakage and switching  
component.  
Application relevant values are typically lower than those given in the following two  
tables and depend on the customer's system operating conditions (e.g. thermal  
connection or used application configurations).  
The operating conditions for the parameters in the following table are:  
VDD / VDDOSC / VDDAF / VDDPF=1.365 V, VDDP / VDDOSC / VDDMF / VDDFL3 / VDDPF=3.47 V,  
fSRI / CPU=300 MHz, fPCP=200 MHz, fSRI=100 MHz, TJ=150 oC  
The realisic power pattern defines the following conditions:  
TJ=150 oC  
f
f
f
SRI = fCPU = 300 MHz  
PCP = 200 MHz  
FPI = 100 MHz  
V
V
V
DD = VDDOSC = VDDAF = VDDPF = 1.326 V  
DDP = VDDOSC3 = VDDFL3 VDDPF3 = VDDMF = 3.366 V  
DDM = 5.1 V  
The max power pattern defines the following conditions:  
TJ=150 oC  
f
f
f
SRI = fCPU = 300 MHz  
PCP = 200 MHz  
FPI = 100 MHz  
V
V
V
DD = VDDOSC = VDDAF = VDDPF = 1.43 V  
DDP = VDDOSC3 = VDDFL3 VDDPF3 = VDDMF = 3.63 V  
DDM = 5.5 V  
Table 28  
Power Supply Parameters  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
8903)  
Core active mode supply  
current1)2)  
I
DD CC  
mA power  
pattern= max;  
fCPU=300 MHz  
mA power  
6564)  
pattern= realisti  
c;  
fCPU=300 MHz  
IDD current at PORST Low IDD_PORS  
298  
249  
mA TJ=150 oC  
mA TJ=140 oC  
T CC  
Data Sheet  
138  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 28  
Power Supply Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
E-Ray PLL core supply  
current  
IDDPF  
CC  
4
mA  
Oscillator core supply  
current  
IDDOSC  
CC  
3
mA  
FADC core supply current IDDAF  
26  
689  
mA  
CC  
Sum of all 1.3 V supply  
currents  
IDDSUM  
CC  
mA power  
pattern= realisti  
c;  
fCPU=300 MHz  
E-Ray PLL 3.3V supply  
IDDPF3  
CC  
4
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
Oscillator power supply  
current, 3.3V  
IDDOSC3  
CC  
11  
15  
1
FADC analog supply  
current, 3.3V  
IDDMF  
CC  
I
DDEBU current at PORST IDDEBU_P  
Low  
ORST CC  
I
DDP current at PORST  
Low  
DDP current no pad  
activity, LVDS off 5)  
IDDP_POR  
ST CC  
7
I
I
DDP CC  
IDDP_P mA including flash  
+
read current  
ORST  
25  
IDDP_P mA including flash  
+
programming  
ORST  
55  
current 6)  
IDDP_P mA including flash  
+
erase verify  
ORST  
40 7)  
current 6)  
Data Sheet  
139  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Table 28  
Power Supply Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Flash memory current 5)  
IDDFL3  
CC  
98  
mA flash read  
current  
29  
mA flash  
programming  
current 6)  
98  
24  
mA flash erase  
current 6)  
Current Consumption of  
LVDS Pad Pairs  
ILVDS  
CC  
mA in total for all  
LVDS pairs  
Sum of all 3.3 V supply  
currents, no pad activity, CC  
IDD3SUM  
161 8) mA including flash  
read current  
LVDS off  
ADC 5V power supply  
current  
I
DDM CC −  
8
mA  
Maximum power  
dissipation  
PD CC  
1808  
mW power  
pattern= max;  
fCPU=300 MHz  
mW power  
1547  
pattern= realisti  
c;  
fCPU=300 MHz  
1) Infineon Power Loop: CPU and PCP running, all peripherals active. The power consumption of each customer  
application will most probably be lower than this value, but must be evaluated seperately.  
2) This current includes the E-Ray module power consumption, including the PCP operation component.  
3) The IDD decreases typically by 89mA if the fCPU decreases by 50MHz, at constant TJ  
4) The IDD decreases typically by 70mA if the fCPU decreases by 50MHz, at constant TJ  
5) For operations including the D-Flash the required currents are always lower than the currents for non D-Flash  
operation.  
6) Relevant for the power supply dimensioning, not for thermal considerations.  
7) In case of erase of Program Flash PFx, internal flash array loading effects may generate transient current  
spikes of up to 15 mA for maximum 5 ms per flash module.  
8) For power supply dimensioning of VDDP 30 mA have to added for flash programming case.  
5.2.6.1 Calculating the 1.3 V Current Consumption  
The current consumption of the 1.3 V rail compose out of two parts:  
Static current consumption  
Data Sheet  
140  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersDC Parameters  
Dynamic current consumption  
The static current consumption is related to the device temperature TJ and the dynamic  
current consumption depends of the configured clocking frequencies and the software  
application executed. These two parts needs to be added in order to get the rail current  
consumption.  
(2)  
mA  
0, 02041 × T  
--------  
C
I
= 3, 75  
× e  
[C]  
J
0
(3)  
mA  
--------  
0, 01825 × T  
I
= 18, 77  
× e  
[C]  
J
0
C
Function 2 defines the typical static current consumption and Function 3 defines the  
maximum static current consumption. Both functions are valid for VDD = 1.326 V.  
For the dynamic current consumption using the application pattern and fSRI  
= 2 * fPCP = 3 * fFPI the function 4 applies:  
(4)  
mA  
------------  
MHz  
I
= 1, 19  
× f  
[MHz]  
D m  
y
CPU  
and this finally results in  
(5)  
I
= I + I  
0
DYM  
DD  
Data Sheet  
141  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3  
AC Parameters  
That means, keeping the pads constantly at maximum strength.  
5.3.1  
Testing Waveforms  
VDDP  
90%  
90%  
10%  
10%  
VSS  
tR  
tF  
rise_fall  
Figure 9  
Rise/Fall Time Parameters  
VDDP  
VDDE / 2  
Test Points  
VDDE / 2  
VSS  
mct04881_a.vsd  
Figure 10  
Testing Waveform, Output Delay  
VLoad+ 0.1 V  
VLoad- 0.1 V  
VOH - 0.1 V  
Timing  
Reference  
Points  
VOL - 0.1 V  
MCT04880_new  
Figure 11  
Testing Waveform, Output High Impedance  
Data Sheet  
142  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.2  
Power Sequencing  
V
5.25V  
5V  
4.75V  
3.47V  
VAREF  
3.3V  
1.3V  
3.0V  
-12%  
1.365V  
1.235V  
0.5V  
-12%  
0.5V  
0.5V  
t
VDDP  
PORST  
power  
down  
power  
fail  
t
Power-Up 10.vsd  
Figure 12  
5 V / 3.3 V / 1.3 V Power-Up/Down Sequence  
The following list of rules applies to the power-up/down sequence:  
All ground pins VSS must be externally connected to one single star point in the  
system. Regarding the DC current component, all ground pins are internally directly  
connected.  
At any moment in time to avoid increased latch-up risk,  
each power supply must be higher then any lower_power_supply - 0.5 V, or:  
VDD5 > VDD3.3 - 0.5 V; VDD5 > VDD1.3 - 0.5 V;VDD3.3 > VDD1.3 - 0.5 V, see  
Figure 12.  
– The latch-up risk is minimized if the I/O currents are limited to:  
– 20 mA for one pin group  
– AND 100 mA for the completed device I/Os  
– AND additionally before power-up / after power-down:  
1 mA for one pin in inactive mode (0 V on all power supplies)  
During power-up and power-down, the voltage difference between the power supply  
pins of the same voltage (3.3 V, 1.3 V, and 5 V) with different names (for example  
VDDP, VDDFL3 ...), that are internally connected via diodes, must be lower than  
Data Sheet  
143  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
100 mV. On the other hand, all power supply pins with the same name (for example  
all VDDP), are internally directly connected. It is recommended that the power pins  
of the same voltage are driven by a single power supply.  
The PORST signal may be deactivated after all VDD5, VDD3.3, VDD1.3, and VAREF  
power-supplies and the oscillator have reached stable operation, within the normal  
operating conditions.  
At normal power down the PORST signal should be activated within the normal  
operating range, and then the power supplies may be switched off. Care must be  
taken that all Flash write or delete sequences have been completed.  
At power fail the PORST signal must be activated at latest when any 3.3 V or 1.3 V  
power supply voltage falls 12% below the nominal level. If, under these conditions,  
the PORST is activated during a Flash write, only the memory row that was the target  
of the write at the moment of the power loss will contain unreliable content. In order  
to ensure clean power-down behavior, the PORST signal should be activated as  
close as possible to the normal operating voltage range.  
In case of a power-loss at any power-supply, all power supplies must be powered-  
down, conforming at the same time to the rules number 2 and 4.  
Although not necessary, it is additionally recommended that all power supplies are  
powered-up/down together in a controlled way, as tight to each other as possible.  
Additionally, regarding the ADC reference voltage VAREF:  
– VAREF must power-up at the same time or later then VDDM, and  
– VAREF must power-down either earlier or at latest to satisfy the condition  
VAREF < VDDM + 0.5 V. This is required in order to prevent discharge of VAREF  
filter capacitance through the ESD diodes through the VDDM power supply. In  
case of discharging the reference capacitance through the ESD diodes, the  
current must be lower than 5 mA.  
Data Sheet  
144  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.3  
Power, Pad and Reset Timing  
Reset Timings Parameters  
Table 29  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
Application Reset Boot  
Time1)2)  
tB CC  
880  
μs  
ms  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ms  
fCPU = 300 MHz  
Power on Reset Boot  
Time3)4)  
t
t
BP CC  
2.5  
HWCFG pins hold time  
from ESR0 rising edge  
HDH SR 16 /  
fFPI  
HWCFG pins setup time to tHDS SR  
ESR0 rising edge  
0
Ports inactive after ESR0  
reset active  
t
t
t
PI CC  
8/fFPI  
150  
Ports inactive after  
PIP CC  
PORST reset active5)  
Minimum PORST active  
time after power supplies  
are stable at operating  
levels  
POA SR 10  
TESTMODE / TRST hold  
time from PORST rising  
edge  
t
POH SR 100  
ns  
PORST rise time  
t
t
POR SR  
POS SR  
50  
ms  
ns  
TESTMODE / TRST  
setup time to PORST  
rising edge  
0
Application Reset inactive tPOR_APP  
40 6)  
μs  
after PORST deassertion SR  
1) The duration of the boot time is defined between the rising edge of the internal application reset and the clock  
cycle when the first user instruction has entered the CPU pipeline and its processing starts.  
2) The given time includes the time of the internal reset extension for  
SCU_RSTCNTCON.RELSA = 0x05BE.  
a configured value of  
3) The duration of the boot time is defined between the rising edge of the PORST and the clock cycle when the  
first user instruction has entered the CPU pipeline and its processing starts.  
Data Sheet  
145  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
4) The given time includes the internal reset extension time for the System and Application Reset which is visible  
through ESR0.  
5) This parameter includes the delay of the analog spike filter in the PORST pad.  
6) Application Reset is assumed not to be extended from external, otherwise the time extends by the time the  
Application Reset is extended.  
VDDP -12%  
VDDPPA  
VDDPPA  
VDDP  
VDD  
VDD -12%  
tPOA  
tPOA  
PORST  
tPOH  
tPOH  
TRST  
TESTMODE  
thd  
thd  
ESR0  
tHDH  
tHDH  
tHDH  
HWCFG  
tPIP  
t PIP  
tPI  
tPI  
Pads  
tPI  
tPI  
tPI  
t PIP  
Pad-state undefined  
Tri-state or pull device active  
As programmed  
reset_beh2  
Figure 13  
Power, Pad and Reset Timing  
Data Sheet  
146  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.4  
Phase Locked Loop (PLL)  
Table 30  
PLL_SysClk Parameters  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
7
Accumulated Jitter  
Modulation frequency  
PLL base frequency  
DP CC -7  
MOD SR 50  
ns  
f
200  
320  
kHz  
MHz  
fPLLBASE 50  
200  
CC  
VCO input frequency  
VCO frequency range  
f
f
REF CC  
8
16  
MHz  
VCO CC 400  
720  
MHz with inactive  
modulation  
400  
600  
MHz with active  
modulation  
Modulation jitter  
J
MOD CC −  
2.5  
ns  
ns  
%
Total long term jitter  
Modulation Amplitude  
PLL lock-in time  
JTOT CC  
9.5  
MA SR  
tL CC  
0
2.5  
14  
14  
200  
400  
0.01  
μs  
μs  
%
N > 32  
N 32  
System frequency  
deviation  
fSYSD  
CC  
with active  
modulation  
Phase Locked Loop Operation  
When PLL operation is enabled and configured, the PLL clock fVCO (and with it the SRI-  
Bus clock fSRI) is constantly adjusted to the selected frequency. The PLL is constantly  
adjusting its output frequency to correspond to the input frequency (from crystal or clock  
source), resulting in an accumulated jitter that is limited. This means that the relative  
deviation for periods of more than one clock cycle is lower than for a single clock cycle.  
This is especially important for bus cycles using wait states and for the operation of  
timers, serial interfaces, etc. For all slower operations and longer periods (e.g. pulse train  
generation or measurement, lower baudrates, etc.) the deviation caused by the PLL jitter  
is negligible.  
Data Sheet  
147  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Two formulas are defined for the (absolute) approximate maximum value of jitter Dm in  
[ns] dependent on the K2 - factor, the SRI clock frequency fSRI in [MHz], and the number  
m of consecutive fSRI clock periods.  
for  
(K2 100)  
and  
(m ≤ (fSRI[MHz]) ⁄ 2)  
(6)  
(7)  
740  
(1 – 0, 01 × K2) × (m – 1)  
0, 5 × fSRI[MHz] – 1  
+ 5 ×  
-----------------------------------------  
----------------------------------------------------------------  
Dm[ns] =  
+ 0, 01 × K2  
K2 × fSRI[MHz]  
740  
-----------------------------------------  
+ 5  
else  
Dm[ns] =  
K2 × fSRI[MHz]  
With rising number m of clock cycles the maximum jitter increases linearly up to a value  
of m that is defined by the K2-factor of the PLL. Beyond this value of m the maximum  
accumulated jitter remains at a constant value. Further, a lower SRI-Bus clock frequency  
f
SRI results in a higher absolute maximum jitter value.  
Note: The specified PLL jitter values are valid if the capacitive load per pin does not  
exceed CL = 20 pF with the maximum driver and sharp edge.  
Note: The maximum peak-to-peak noise on the pad supply voltage, measured between  
V
DDOSC3 and VSSOSC, is limited to a peak-to-peak voltage of VPP = 100 mV for noise  
frequencies below 300 KHz and VPP = 40 mV for noise frequencies above  
300 KHz.  
The maximum peak-to peak noise on the pad supply voltage, measured between  
V
DDOSC and VSSOSC, is limited to a peak-to-peak voltage of VPP = 100 mV for noise  
frequencies below 300 KHz and VPP = 40 mV for noise frequencies above  
300 KHz.  
These conditions can be achieved by appropriate blocking of the supply voltage  
as near as possible to the supply pins and using PCB supply and ground planes.  
Oscillator Watchdog (OSC_WDT)  
The expected input frequency is selected via the bit field SCU_OSCCON.OSCVAL. The  
OSC_WDT checks for too low frequencies and for too high frequencies.  
The frequency that is monitored is fOSCREF which is derived for fOSC  
.
(8)  
f
OSC  
----------------------------------  
f
=
OSCREF  
OSCVAL + 1  
The divider value SCU_OSCCON.OSCVAL has to be selected in a way that fOSCREF is  
2.5 MHz.  
Data Sheet  
148  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Note: fOSCREF has to be within the range of 2 MHz to 3 MHz and should be as close as  
possible to 2.5 MHz.  
The monitored frequency is too low if it is below 1.25 MHz and too high if it is above  
7.5 MHz. This leads to the following two conditions:  
Too low: fOSC < 1.25 MHz × (SCU_OSCCON.OSCVAL+1)  
Too high: fOSC > 7.5 MHz × (SCU_OSCCON.OSCVAL+1)  
Note: The accuracy is 30% for these boundaries.  
Frequency Modulation  
Frequency modulation defines a slow and predictable variation of the clock speed. The  
modulation configuration itself is controlled via register SCU_PLLCON2 where the two  
bit fields define the modulation properties.  
(9)  
f
OSC MODFREQ × 31, 32  
-------------- ----------------------------------------------------  
f
=
×
MOD  
P
MODAMP  
(10)  
MODAMP  
N × 161  
----------------------------  
MA =  
Data Sheet  
149  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.5  
ERAY Phase Locked Loop (ERAY_PLL)  
Table 31  
PLL_ERAY Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
PP CC -0.8  
Max.  
Accumulated jitter at  
SYSCLK pin  
D
0.8  
ns  
Accumulated_Jitter  
DP CC -0.5  
0.5  
ns  
PLL Base Frequency of  
the ERAY PLL  
fPLLBASE_ 50  
ERAY CC  
250  
360  
MHz  
VCO input frequency of  
the ERAY PLL  
f
REF CC 20  
40  
MHz  
MHz  
μs  
VCO frequency range of fVCO_ERA 450  
the ERAY PLL  
500  
200  
Y CC  
PLL lock-in time  
tL CC  
5.6  
Note: The specified PLL jitter values are valid if the capacitive load per pin does not  
exceed CL = 20 pF with the maximum driver and sharp edge.  
Note: The maximum peak-to-peak noise on the pad supply voltage, measured between  
V
DDPF3 and VSSPF, is limited to a peak-to-peak voltage of VPP = 100 mV for noise  
frequencies below 300 KHz and VPP = 40 mV for noise frequencies above  
300 KHz.  
These conditions can be achieved by appropriate blocking of the supply voltage  
as near as possible to the supply pins and using PCB supply and ground planes.  
Data Sheet  
150  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.6  
JTAG Interface Timing  
The following parameters are applicable for communication through the JTAG debug  
interface. The JTAG module is fully compliant with IEEE1149.1-2000.  
Note: These parameters are not subject to production test but verified by design and/or  
characterization.  
Table 32  
JTAG Interface Timing Parameters  
(Operating Conditions apply)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
25  
10  
10  
Typ.  
Max.  
TCK clock period  
TCK high time  
t1 SR  
t2 SR  
t3 SR  
t4 SR  
t5 SR  
t6 SR  
4
4
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
TCK low time  
TCK clock rise time  
TCK clock fall time  
TDI/TMS setup  
6
to TCK rising edge  
TDI/TMS hold  
t7 SR  
6
ns  
after TCK rising edge  
TDO valid after TCK falling t8 CC  
3
2
13  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CL = 50 pF  
CL = 20 pF  
edge1) (propagation delay)  
t8 CC  
TDO hold after TCK falling t18 CC  
edge1)  
TDO high imped. to valid t9 CC  
14  
ns  
ns  
CL = 50 pF  
CL = 50 pF  
from TCK falling edge1)2)  
TDO valid to high imped.  
from TCK falling edge1)  
t
10 CC  
13.5  
1) The falling edge on TCK is used to generate the TDO timing.  
2) The setup time for TDO is given implicitly by the TCK cycle time.  
Data Sheet  
151  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
t1  
0.9 VDDP  
0.1 VDDP  
0.5 VDDP  
t5  
t4  
t2  
t3  
MC_JTAG_TCK  
Figure 14  
Test Clock Timing (TCK)  
TCK  
t6  
t7  
TMS  
t6  
t7  
TDI  
t9  
t8  
t10  
TDO  
t18  
MC_JTAG  
Figure 15  
JTAG Timing  
Data Sheet  
152  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.7  
DAP Interface Timing  
The following parameters are applicable for communication through the DAP debug  
interface.  
Note: These parameters are not subject to production test but verified by design and/or  
characterization.  
Table 33  
DAP Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
TCK SR 12.5  
Typ.  
Max.  
DAP0 clock period1)  
DAP0 high time  
DAP0 low time1)  
t
t
t
t
t
t
2
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
12 SR  
13 SR  
14 SR  
15 SR  
16 SR  
4
4
DAP0 clock rise time  
DAP0 clock fall time  
DAP1 setup to DAP0  
rising edge  
6.0  
DAP1 hold after DAP0  
rising edge  
t
t
17 SR  
19 CC  
6.0  
8
ns  
ns  
ns  
DAP1 valid per DAP0  
clock period2)  
CL= 20 pF;  
f= 80 MHz  
10  
CL= 50 pF;  
f= 40 MHz  
1) See the DAP chapter for clock rate restrictions in the Active:IDLE protocol state.  
2) The Host has to find a suitable sampling point by analyzing the sync telegram response.  
t11  
0.9 VDDP  
0.1 VDDP  
0.5 VDDP  
t15  
t14  
t12  
t13  
MC_DAP0  
Figure 16  
Test Clock Timing (DAP0)  
Data Sheet  
153  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
DAP0  
DAP1  
t16  
t17  
MC_DAP1_RX  
Figure 17  
DAP Timing Host to Device  
t11  
DAP1  
t19  
MC_DAP1_TX  
Figure 18  
5.3.8  
DAP Timing Device to Host  
Micro Link Interface (MLI) Timing  
Data Sheet  
154  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
MLI Transmitter Timing  
t13  
t14  
t10  
t12  
TCLKx  
t11  
t15  
t15  
TDATAx  
TVALIDx  
t16  
t17  
TREADYx  
MLI Receiver Timing  
t23  
t24  
t20  
t22  
RCLKx  
t21  
t25  
t26  
RDATAx  
RVALIDx  
t27  
t27  
RREADYx  
MLI_Tmg_2.vsd  
Figure 19  
MLI Interface Timing  
Note: The generation of RREADYx is in the input clock domain of the receiver. The  
reception of TREADYx is asynchronous to TCLKx.  
The MLI parameters are vaild for CL = 50 pF and strong driver medium edge.  
Data Sheet  
155  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 34  
MLI Receiver  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
1 / fFPI  
Max.  
RCLK clock period  
RCLK high time1)2)  
t
t
20 SR  
21 SR  
ns  
ns  
0.5 x  
t20  
RCLK low time1)2)  
t
22 SR  
0.5 x  
ns  
t20  
RCLK rise time3)  
RCLK fall time3)  
t
t
t
23 SR  
24 SR  
25 SR  
4
4
ns  
ns  
ns  
RDATA/RVALID setup  
time before RCLK falling  
edge  
4.2  
RDATA/RVALID hold time t26 SR  
after RCLK falling edge  
2.2  
0
ns  
ns  
RREADY output delay  
time  
t
27 SR  
16  
1) The following formula is valid: t21 + t22 = t20.  
2) Min and Max values for this parameter can be derived from the typ. value by considering the other receiver  
timing parameters.  
3) The RCLK max. input rise/fall times are best case parameters for fSYS = 90 MHz. For reduction of EMI, slower  
input signal rise/fall times can be used for longer RCLK clock periods.  
Table 35  
MLI Transmitter  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
TCLK clock period  
TCLK high time1)2)  
TCLK low time1)2)  
TCLK rise time  
t
10 CC  
11 CC  
12 CC  
13 CC  
14 CC  
2 x 1 /  
fFPI  
ns  
t
t
t
t
0.45 x 0.5 x  
t10 t10  
0.45 x 0.5 x  
0.55 x ns  
t10  
0.55 x ns  
t10  
t10  
t10  
0.3 x  
ns  
ns  
3)  
t10  
TCLK fall time  
0.3 x  
3)  
t10  
Data Sheet  
156  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 35  
MLI Transmitter (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
-3  
Max.  
TDATA/TVALID output  
delay time  
t
t
t
15 CC  
16 SR  
17 SR  
4.4  
ns  
ns  
ns  
TREADY setup time  
before TCLK rising edge  
18  
-2  
TREADY hold time after  
TCLK rising edge  
1) The following formula is valid: t11 + t12 = t10.  
2) The min./max. TCLK low/high times t11/t12 include the PLL jitter of fSYS. Fractional divider settings must be  
regarded additionally to t11 / t12.  
3) For high-speed MLI interface, strong driver sharp or medium edge selection (class A2 pad) is recommended  
for TCLK.  
5.3.9  
Micro Second Channel (MSC) Interface Timing  
The MSC parameters are vaild for CL = 50 pF.  
Table 36  
MSC Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
FCLP clock period1)2)  
t
40 CC  
45 CC  
2 x  
TMSC  
ns  
ns  
3)  
SOP4)/ENx outputs delay  
from FCLP4) rising edge  
t
-2  
-2  
0
5
ENx with strong  
driver and  
sharp (minus )  
edge  
10  
ns  
ENx with strong  
driver and  
medium  
(minus) edge  
21  
ns  
ns  
ENx with strong  
driver and soft  
edge  
SDI bit time  
Data Sheet  
t
46 CC  
8 x  
TMSC  
157  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 36  
MSC Parameters (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
200  
SDI rise time  
SDI fall time  
t
t
48 SR  
49 SR  
ns  
ns  
200  
1) FCLP signal rise/fall times are only defined by the pad rise/fall times.  
2) FCLP signal high and low can be minimum 1xTMSC  
3) TMSC = TSYS = 1 / fSYS.  
4) SOP / FCLP either propagated by LVDS or by CMOS strong driver and non soft edge.  
t40  
0.9 VDDP  
0.1 VDDP  
FCLP  
t45  
t45  
SOP  
EN  
t48  
t49  
0.9 VDDP  
0.1 VDDP  
SDI  
t46  
MSC Interface Timing  
t46  
MSC_Tmg_1.vsd  
Figure 20  
Note: The data at SOP should be sampled with the falling edge of FCLP in the target  
device.  
Data Sheet  
158  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.10  
SSC Master/Slave Mode Timing  
The SSC parameters are vaild for CL = 50 pF and strong driver medium edge.  
Table 37  
SSC Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
SCLK clock period1)2)3)  
t
50 CC  
51 CC  
52 SR  
53 SR  
54 SR  
2 x 1 /  
fFPI  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
%
MTSR/SLSOx delay form  
SCLK rising edge  
t
t
t
t
0
8
MRST setup to SCLK  
latching edge3)  
16.5  
0
MRST hold from SCLK  
latching edge3)  
SCLK input clock  
period1)3)  
4 x 1 /  
fFPI  
SCLK input clock duty  
cycle  
t55_t54  
SR  
45  
55  
MTSR setup to SCLK  
latching edge3)4)  
t
t
t
t
t
t
56 SR  
57 SR  
58 SR  
59 SR  
60 CC  
61 CC  
1 / fFPI  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
MTSR hold from SCLK  
latching edge  
1 / fFPI  
+ 5  
SLSI setup to first SCLK  
latching edge  
1 / fFPI  
+ 5  
SLSI hold from last SCLK  
latching edge5)  
7
0
MRST delay from SCLK  
shift edge  
16.5  
16.5  
SLSI to valid data on  
MRST  
1) SCLK signal rise/fall times are the same as the rise/fall times of the pad.  
2) SCLK signal high and low times can be minimum 1xTSSC.  
3) TSSCmin = TSYS = 1/fSYS.  
4) Fractional divider switched off, SSC internal baud rate generation used.  
Data Sheet  
159  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5) For CON.PH=1 slave select must not be removed before the following shifting edge. This mean, that what ever  
is configured (shifting / latching first), SLSI must not be de-actived before the last trailing edge from the pair  
of shifting / latching edges.  
t50  
SCLK1)2)  
t51  
t51  
MTSR1)  
t52  
t53  
Data  
valid  
MRST1)  
t51  
SLSOn2)  
1) This timing is based on the following setup: CON.PH = CON.PO = 0.  
2) The transition at SLSOn is based on the following setup: SSOTC.TRAIL = 0  
and the first SCLK high pulse is in the first one of a transmission.  
SSC_TmgMM  
Figure 21  
SSC Master Mode Timing  
Data Sheet  
160  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
t54  
First latching  
SCLK edge  
Last latching  
SCLK edge  
First shift  
SCLK edge  
SCLK1)  
t55  
t55  
t56  
t56  
t57  
t57  
Data  
valid  
Data  
valid  
MTSR1)  
MRST1)  
SLSI  
t60  
t60  
t61  
t59  
t58  
1) This timing is based on the following setup: CON.PH = CON.PO = 0.  
SSC_TmgSM  
Figure 22  
SSC Slave Mode Timing  
Data Sheet  
161  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.11  
ERAY Interface Timing  
The timings of this section are valid for the strong driver and either sharp edge or medium  
edge settings of the output drivers with CL = 25 pF.  
The ERAY interface is only available for the SAK-TC1798F-512F300EP / SAK-  
TC1798F-512F300EL / SAK-TC1798S-512F300EP.  
Table 38  
ERAY Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Time span from last BSS  
to FES without the  
t
60 CC  
997.75 −  
1002.2 ns  
5
influence of quartz  
tolerancies (d10Bit_TX)1)  
TxD data valid from  
fsample flip flop txd_reg  
TxDA, TxDB  
t61-t62  
CC  
1.5  
ns  
Asymmetrical  
delay of rising  
and falling edge  
(TxDA, TxDB)  
(dTxAsym)2)3)  
Time span between last  
BSS and FES without  
influence of quartz  
tolerancies  
t
63 SR  
966  
1046.1 ns  
(d10Bit_RX)1)4)5)  
RxD capture by fsample  
(RxDA/RxDB sampling  
flip-flop) (dRxAsym)6)  
t64-t65  
CC  
3.0  
ns  
Asymmetrical  
delay of rising  
and falling edge  
(RxDA, RxDB)  
TxD data delay from  
sampling flip-flop  
dTxdly  
CC  
10.0  
15.0  
10.0  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Px_PDR.PDy =  
000B  
Px_PDR.PDy =  
001B  
RxD capture delay by  
sampling flip-flop  
dRxdly  
CC  
1) This includes the PLL_ERAY accumulated jitter.  
2) Refers to delays caused by the asymmetries of the output drivers of the digital logic and the GPIO pad drivers.  
Quarz tolerance and PLL_ERAY accumulated jitter are not included.  
3) E-Ray TxD output drivers have an asymmetry of rising and falling edges of |tFA2 - tRA2| 1 ns.  
4) Limits of 966ns and 1046.1ns correspond to (30%, 70%) * VDDP FlexRay standard input thresholds. For input  
thresholds of this product, a correction of - 0.5 ns and +0.1 ns has to be applied.  
Data Sheet  
162  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5) Valid for output slopes of the bus driver of dRxSlope 5ns, 20% * VDDP to 80% * VDDP, according to the  
FlexRay Electrical Physical Layer Specification V2.1B. For A2 pads, the rise and fall times of the incoming  
signal have to satisfy the following inequality: -1.6ns tFA2 - tRA2 1.3ns.  
6) Valid for output slopes of the bus driver of dRxSlope 5ns, 20% * VDDP to 80% * VDDP, according to the  
FlexRay Electrical Physical Layer Specification V2.1B. For A2 pads, the rise and fall times of the incoming  
signal have to satisfy the following inequality: -1.6ns tFA2 - tRA2 1.3ns.  
Last CRC Byte  
BSS  
FES  
(Byte Start Sequence)  
(Frame End Sequence)  
0.7 VDD  
0.3 VDD  
TXD  
t60  
tsample  
0.9 VDD  
0.1 VDD  
TXD  
t61  
t62  
Last CRC Byte  
BSS  
FES  
(Byte Start Sequence)  
(Frame End Sequence)  
0.7 VDD  
0.3 VDD  
RXD  
t63  
tsample  
0.7 VDD  
0.3 VDD  
RXD  
t64  
t65  
ERAY_TIMING  
Figure 23  
ERAY Timing  
Data Sheet  
163  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.12  
EBU Timings  
5.3.12.1 BFCLKO Output Clock Timing  
SS = 0 V;VDD = 1.3 V ± 5%; VDDEBU = 2.5 V ± 5% and 3.3 V ± 5%,;  
V
CL = 35 pF  
Table 39  
BFCLK0 Output Clock Timing Parameters1)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Con  
Min.  
BFCLKO CC 13.332)  
Typ. Max.  
dition  
BFCLKO clock period  
BFCLKO high time  
BFCLKO low time  
BFCLKO rise time  
BFCLKO fall time  
t
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
%
t5  
t6  
t7  
t8  
CC  
CC  
CC  
3
3
3
3
CC  
BFCLKO duty cycle t5/(t5 + t6)3) DC  
35  
50  
55  
1) Not subject to production test, verified by design/characterization.  
2) The PLL jitter characteristics add to this value according to the application settings. See the PLL jitter  
parameters.  
3) The PLL jitter is not included in this parameter. If the BFCLKO frequency is equal to fCPU, the K divider has to  
be regarded.  
tBFCLKO  
0.9 VDD  
0.5 VDDP05  
BFCLKO  
0.1 VDD  
t8  
t7  
t5  
t6  
MCT04883_mod  
Figure 24  
BFCLKO Output Clock Timing  
5.3.12.2 EBU Asynchronous Timings  
SS = 0 V;VDD = 1.3 V ± 5%; VDDEBU = 2.5 V ± 5% and 3.3 V ± 5%, Class B pins;  
V
CL = 35 pF for address/data; CL = 40pF for the control lines.  
For each timing, the accumulated PLL jitter of the programed duration in number of clock  
periods must be added separately. Operating conditions apply and CL = 35 pF.  
Data Sheet  
164  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 40  
EBU Common Asynchronous Timings  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
-0.8  
-0.8  
Typ.  
Max.  
0.8  
Pulse wdih deviation from ta CC  
the ideal programmed  
width due to B pad  
ns  
ns  
edge= medium  
edge= sharp  
0.8  
asymmetry, rise delay - fall  
delay1)  
AD(31:0) output delay to  
ADV# rising edge,  
t
t
13 CC  
14 CC  
-5.5  
-5.5  
-2  
2
2
2
2
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
multiplexed read / write1)  
AD(31:0) output delay to  
ADV# rising edge,  
multiplexed read / write1)  
Address valid to CS falling t15 CC  
edge (deviation from  
programmed value)1)  
Address valid to ADV  
falling edge (deviation  
from programmed value)1)  
t
t
16 CC  
17 CC  
-2  
ADV falling edge  
-> CSfalling edge  
(deviation from  
-2  
programmed value)1)  
1) Not subject to production test, verified by design/characterization.  
Data Sheet  
165  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 41  
EBU Asynchronous Read Timings  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
A(23:0) output delay to RD t0 CC  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
-2.5  
2.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
A(23:0) output delay to RD t1 CC  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
-2.5  
-2  
2.5  
2.5  
4.5  
2.5  
CS rising edge to RD  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
t2 CC  
t3 CC  
t4 CC  
t5 SR  
t6 SR  
t7 SR  
ADV rising edge to RD  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
-1.5  
-2.5  
12  
BC rising edge to RD  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
WAIT input setup to RD  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
WAIT input hold to RD  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
0
Data input setup to RD  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
12  
Data Sheet  
166  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 41  
EBU Asynchronous Read Timings (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Data input hold to RD  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
t8 SR  
-2  
ns  
MR / W output delay to  
RD# rising edge, deviation  
from the ideal  
t9 CC  
-2.5  
1.5  
ns  
programmed value1)  
Data input hold from CS  
rising edge1)  
t
t
18 CC  
19 CC  
-2  
ns  
ns  
Data input setup to CS  
rising edge1)  
12  
1) Not subject to production test, verified by design/characterization.  
Data Sheet  
167  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Address  
Phase  
Address Hold  
Phase (opt.) Delay Phase  
Command  
Command  
Phase  
Recovery  
Phase (opt.)  
New Addr.  
Phase  
EBU  
STATE  
Control Bitfield:  
ADDRC  
1...15  
AHOLDC  
0...15  
CMDDELAY  
0...7  
RDWAIT  
1...31  
RDRECOVC  
0...15  
ADDRC  
1...15  
Duration Limits in  
EBU_CLK Cycles  
Next  
A[23:0]  
Valid Address  
Addr.  
pv +  
pv +  
pv +  
t1  
t2  
t0  
ta  
CS[3:0]  
CSCOMB  
pv +  
pv +  
t3  
ta  
ADV  
pv +  
pv +  
ta  
RD  
pv +  
ta  
t4  
ta  
BC[3:0]  
pv +  
t5  
t6  
WAIT  
pv +  
t14  
pv +  
t13  
t7  
t8  
Address Out  
AD[31:0]  
MR/W  
Data In  
pv +  
t9  
pv = programmed value,  
new_MuxRD_Async_10.vsd  
TEBU_CLK * sum (correponding bitfield values)  
Figure 25  
Multiplexed Read Access  
Data Sheet  
168  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Address  
Phase  
Address Hold  
Phase (opt.)  
Command  
Phase  
Recovery  
Phase (opt.)  
New Addr.  
Phase  
EBU  
STATE  
Control Bitfield:  
ADDRC  
1...15  
AHOLDC  
0...15  
RDWAIT  
1...31  
RDRECOVC  
0...15  
ADDRC  
1...15  
Duration Limits in  
EBU_CLK Cycles  
Next  
A[23:0]  
Valid Address  
pv +  
Addr.  
pv +  
t2  
t0  
t1  
pv +  
ta  
CS[3:0]  
CSCOMB  
pv +  
pv +  
t3  
ta  
ADV  
pv +  
ta  
RD  
pv +  
ta  
t4  
pv +  
ta  
BC[3:0]  
pv +  
t5  
t6  
WAIT  
t7  
t8  
AD[31:0]  
MR/W  
Data In  
pv +  
t9  
pv = programmed value,  
EBU_CLK * sum (correponding bitfield values)  
new_DemuxRD_Async_10.vsd  
T
Figure 26  
Demultiplexed Read Access  
Data Sheet  
169  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 42  
EBU Asynchnronous Write Timings  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
A(23:0) output delay to  
WR rising edge, deviation  
from the ideal  
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
30 CC  
31 CC  
32 CC  
33 CC  
34 CC  
35 SR  
36 SR  
37 CC  
-2.5  
2.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
programmed value1)  
A(23:0) output delay to  
WR rising edge, deviation  
from the ideal  
-2.5  
-2  
2.5  
2
programmed value1)  
CS rising edge to WR  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
ADV rising edge to WR  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
-2.5  
-2.5  
12  
2
BC rising edge to WR  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
2
WAIT input setup to WR  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
WAIT input hold to WR  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
0
Data output delay to WR  
falling edge, deviation  
from the ideal  
-5.5  
2
programmed value1)  
Data Sheet  
170  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 42  
EBU Asynchnronous Write Timings (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Data output delay to WR  
rising edge, deviation from  
the ideal programmed  
value1)  
t
t
38 CC  
39 CC  
-5.5  
2
ns  
MR / W output delay to  
WR rising edge, deviation  
from the ideal  
-2.5  
1.5  
ns  
programmed value1)  
1) Not subject to production test, verified by design/characterization.  
5.3.12.3 EBU Burst Mode Access Timing  
V
SS = 0 V;VDD = 1.3 V ± 5%; VDDEBU = 2.5 V ± 5% and 3.3 V ± 5%, Class B pins;  
CL = 35 pF;  
Table 43  
EBU Burst Read Timings  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
-2  
Max.  
Output delay from  
t
t
10 CC  
12 CC  
2
ns  
ns  
BFCLKO rising edge1)  
RD and RD/WR  
-2  
2
active/inactive after  
BFCLKO active edge1)2)  
CSx output delay from  
BFCLKO active edge1)2)  
t
t
t
t
t
21 CC  
22 CC  
-2.5  
-2  
1.5  
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ADV active/inactive after  
BFCLKO active edge1)3)  
BAA active/inactive after  
BFCLKO active edge1)3)  
22a CC -2.5  
1.5  
Data setup to BFCLKI  
rising edge1)  
23 SR  
24 SR  
3
0
Data hold from BFCLKI  
rising edge1)  
Data Sheet  
171  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 43  
EBU Burst Read Timings (cont’d)  
Symbol Values  
Parameter  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
WAIT setup (low or high)  
to BFCLKI rising edge 1)  
t
t
25 SR  
26 SR  
3
ns  
ns  
WAIT hold (low or high)  
0
from BFCLKI rising edge1)  
1) Not subject to production test, verified by design/characterization.  
2) An active edge can be rising or falling edge, depending on the settings of bits BFCON.EBSE / ECSE and clock  
divider ratio. Negative minimum values for these parameters mean that the last data read during a burst may  
be corrupted. However, with clock feedback enabled, this value is oversampling not required for the LMB  
transaction and will be discarded. If the clock feedback is not enabled, the input signals are latched using the  
internal clock in the same way as at asynchronous access. So t14, t15, t16, t17, t18 and t19 from the  
asynchronous timings apply.  
3) For BUSCONx.EBSE=1B and BUSAPx.EXLCLK=00B, ADV will change normally on the clock edge so this  
parameter is used directly.  
For BUSCONx.EBSE=1B and other values of BUSAPx.EXTCLK, ADV and BAA add the high pulse width of  
EBUCLK to this parameter.  
For BUSCONx.EBSE=0B and BUSAPx.EXTCLK=00B add the high pulse width of EBUCLK to this parameter.  
For BUSCONx.EBSE=0B and BUSAPx.EXTCLK=11B add two EBUCLK periodsto this parameter to get the  
hold time from BFCLKO rising edge to the ADV.  
For BUSCONx.EBSE=0B and BUSAPx.EXTCLK=01B or 10B add 1 EBUCLK period.  
Please note that the high pulse width of EBUCLK is defined by the high pulse width of fVCO of the used PLL.  
Data Sheet  
172  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Address  
Phase(s)  
Command  
Phase(s)  
Burst  
Phase(s)  
Burst  
Phase(s)  
Recovery  
Phase(s)  
Next Addr.  
Phase(s)  
BFCLKI  
1)  
BFCLKO  
t10  
t10  
Next  
A[23:0]  
ADV  
Burst Start Address  
Addr.  
t22  
t22  
t22  
t21  
t21  
t21  
CS[3:0]  
CSCOMB  
t12  
t12  
t22a  
t24  
RD  
RD/WR  
t22a  
BAA  
t24  
t23  
t23  
D[31:0]  
(32-Bit)  
Data (Addr+0)  
Data (Addr+4)  
D[15:0]  
(16-Bit)  
Data (Addr+0)  
Data (Addr+2)  
t26  
t25  
WAIT  
1)  
Output delays are always referenced to BCLKO. The reference clock for input  
characteristics depends on bit EBU_BFCON.FDBKEN.  
EBU_BFCON.FDBKEN = 0: BFCLKO is the input reference clock.  
EBU_BFCON.FDBKEN = 1: BFCLKI is the input reference clock (EBU clock  
feedback enabled).  
BurstRDWR_4.vsd  
Figure 27  
EBU Burst Mode Read / Write Access Timing  
Data Sheet  
173  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.12.4 EBU Arbitration Signal Timing  
SS = 0 V;VDD = 1.5 V ± 5%; VDDEBU = 2.5 V ± 5% and 3.3 V ± 5%, Class B pins;  
TA = -40°C to +125 °C; CL = 35 pF;  
V
Table 44  
EBU EBU Arbitration Timings  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Output delay from  
t
t
t
27 CC  
28 SR  
29 SR  
3
ns  
ns  
ns  
BFCLKO rising edge1)  
Data setup to BFCLKO  
falling edge1)  
8
2
Data hold from BFCLKO  
falling edge1)  
1) Not subject to production test, verified by design/characterization.  
BFCLKO  
t27  
t27  
HLDA Output  
t27  
t27  
BREQ Output  
BFCLKO  
t28  
t29  
t28  
t29  
HOLD Input  
HLDA Input  
EBUArb_1  
Figure 28  
EBU Arbitration Signal Timing  
Data Sheet  
174  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
5.3.12.5 EBU DDR Timing Parameters  
Parameters applicable when using the EBU to access DDR memories  
Table 45 is valid under the following conditions: CL20 pF; VDDEBU= 1.8 ±5% V  
Table 45  
EBU DDR Timings  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
3.3  
DDR Clock Signal fall time tCF CC  
ns  
%
DDR Clock Signal high  
time  
t
CH CC 29  
71  
DDR Clock Signal period1)  
t
CK CC 24.0  
ns  
ns  
Skew between clock rising tCKDQS  
transition and DQS rising CC  
edge or clock falling  
-1.2  
1.2  
transition and DQS falling  
edge2)  
DDR Clock Signal low  
time  
t
t
CL CC  
CR CC  
47  
53  
3.3  
5
%
DDR Clock Signal rise  
time  
ns  
ns  
Maximum time from falling tCVA CC  
clock edge until DDR  
Control signal is valid3)  
Maximum time before  
falling clock edge that  
DDR control signal can  
become invalid3)  
t
CVB CC  
5
ns  
DLL Delay time for duty  
cycle correction when  
locked  
t
t
t
DCC CC tEBU / 2  
t
EBU / 2 ns  
- 0.3  
+ 0.3  
byte lane x signals valid  
value hold time (DQ & DM)  
after DQSx edge4)  
DH1 CC -1.65)  
ns  
DLL Delay time for for DQ  
and DM when locked with  
DLLCON.WR_ADJ=0d  
DLL CC  
t
EBU / 4  
t
EBU / 4 ns  
- 0.2  
+ 0.2  
Data Sheet  
175  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Table 45  
EBU DDR Timings (cont’d)  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min.  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Max.  
EBU / 4 ns  
+ 0.15  
DLL Delay time for DQS  
when locked with  
t
DLLR CC tEBU / 4  
t
- 0.15  
DLLCON.RD_ADJ=0d  
DQ and DQS all signals  
hold time after DDRCLK0 CC  
edge, DDRCLK0  
controlled read  
tDQCKH  
1.0  
1.2  
ns  
ns  
DQ and DQS all signal  
tDQCKS  
valid to DDRCLK0 edge, CC  
DDRCLK0 controlled read  
DQSx edge to byte lane x  
signals valid (DQ & DM)4)  
t
DS1 CC  
1.0  
0
ns  
ns  
Maximum Peak to Peak  
jitter of the DDR clock  
output  
tPKPK  
CC  
DQ byte lane hold time  
after DQSx edge,  
minimum hold time to  
guarantee read data  
capture, DLL Controlled  
read  
t
t
QH SR 1.0  
ns  
DQ byte lane valid to  
DQSx edge minimum  
setup time to guarantee  
read data capture, DLL  
Controlled read6)4)  
QS SR 1.0  
ns  
1) This is a configuration constraint and not a design limit. Application code must not configure the EBU to  
generate a DDR clock with a period of less than 12ns.  
2) To allow for the differential clock trigger point being different from the trigger point on each of the individual  
signals, this parameter will be characterised separately for each of the clock signals OCLKO, DDRCLKO and  
DDRCLKO with a limit of ±1 ns  
3) To allow for the differential clock trigger point being different from the trigger point on each of the individual  
signals, this parameter will be characterised separately for each of the clock signals DDRCLKO (SDCLKO)  
and DDRCLKO with a limit of ±2.4 ns  
4) x = 0 to 3  
5) i.e. signal can become invalid at most tDH1 before the clock edge  
6) falling or rising edge  
Data Sheet  
176  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
Timing for EBU DDR Clock Outputs  
The EBU provides three possible DDR clock outputs depending on the type of device  
being accessed. These are  
Differential clock for accessing devices using a DDRAM type protocol on the  
DDRCLKO and DDRCLKO pins.  
Differential clock for accessing devices using a burst flash type protocol on the  
BFCLKO and DDRCLKO pins.  
A single-ended clock on OCLKO (MR/W) for interfacing to ONFI 2 compliant devices.  
All these clocks operate with identical timing parameters and have a restricted load limit  
of 10pF for DDR operation.  
The rising edge on the differential clocks is defined as when a rising edge on DDRCLKO  
or BFCLKO transitions past a falling edge on DDRCLKO.  
Timings apply at VDDEBU = 1.8 volts  
tCK  
0.9 VDDEBU  
0.5 VDDEBU  
0.1 VDDEBU  
tCF  
tCR  
tCH  
tCL  
Figure 29  
Timing Waveform for DDR Clock Signals  
Timing for EBU DDR Control Outputs  
The EBU control state machine will ensure that commands and signal transitions are  
generated in the correct clock cycle to meet device requirements. This section also  
applies when accessing SDRAM devices.  
The EBU will generate address (A[15:0]) and control (CKE, RAS, CAS, WR) outputs on  
the falling edge of the DDR clock to allow nominally symmetric setup and hold margins  
around the rising edge of the clock. For SDRAM devices, the same address and control  
signals are required but, in addition, the write data (AD[31:0]) and DQM signals (BC[3:0])  
are required to meet the same timing requirements.  
As these parameters apply to SDRAM as well as DDR devices, the load limit should be  
taken to be 40pF.  
Data Sheet  
177  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
T1  
T2  
T0  
DDRCLKO  
DDRCLKO  
tCVA  
tCVA  
tCVB  
CKE  
tCVA  
tCVB  
Command  
VALID  
VALID  
NOP  
tCVA  
tCVB  
ADDR  
Don't Care  
Figure 30  
DDR command and Address Timing  
Using the DDRNCON.AMODE field, the timing of the address can be changed so that  
the address changes on the rising clock edge and is held for two clock cycles. This allows  
a nominal setup and hold margin of a full clock cycle. This mode is not compatible with  
burst length of two as commands needing a valid address output can then be generated  
in consecutive clock cycles.  
Timing of DDR Write Data  
The EBU will generate the DQ (write data) DM and DQS signals in two different modes  
depending on the ratio of the internal to external clocks.  
If the ratio is 1:1, then the clock used to generate the DQ and DM outputs must be shifted  
by the DLL by 25% of the external clock period (nominal value).  
If the ratio is 1:2 or 1:4, then the DQ and DM signals will be generated using edges of  
the internal clock and the DLL must not be used to further adjust the edge timing.  
A ratio of 1:3 is not supported.  
In all cases, the edges of the DQS signals are nominally aligned to the clock output and  
the DQS waveform is in phase with, and the same frequency as, the memory device  
clock input.  
Data Sheet  
178  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
The EBU is characterised with the DLL inactive, so the timing parameters are specified  
for this case. For the 1:1 operating mode, the DLL shift time and its error margin has to  
be added where appropriate. For the 1:2 or 1:4 cases, the signals will be generated by  
the appropriate clock edge so will be delayed by the correct number of EBU clock periods  
(tEBU). In this case the clock jitter will need to be subtracted from the available setup and  
hold margins.  
T0  
DDRCLKO  
DDRCLKO  
tCKDQS  
tCKDQS  
tCK  
(nom)  
DQS[3:0]  
DQ[31:0]  
DM[3:0]  
tDH1  
tDS1  
Don't Care  
Data Valid  
WRITE command issued at T0  
DQ and DM signals shown with DLL disabled. With  
DLL enabled, DQ and DQM will be delayed by  
0.25*tCK (nominal)  
Transitioning Data  
Figure 31  
Signal Relationship for DDR writes  
1:1 internal to external clock ratio  
If the external bus clock is running at the same frequency as the internal clock, then the  
DLL is used to generate intermediate clock edges at the intervals necessary to correctly  
position the transitions on DQ and DM  
Using the defined parameters. In the case where the DDR memory clock is the same  
frequency as the internal EBU clock and the DLL is enabled but the DLL’s internal duty  
cycle correction is not in use:  
tDH for the memory will be tCK/2+tDH1-tDLL  
tDS for the memory will be tCK/2-tDS1-tDLL-tJIT  
1)  
If the duty cycle correction is in use (DLLCON.DCC_EN=1B), then the equation for setup  
becomes:  
1) tJIT is the pk-pk clock jitter of the EBU internal clock  
Data Sheet  
179  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
tDS for the memory will be tCK/2-tDS1-tDLL-(2*tJIT  
tDH for the memory will be tCK/2+tDH1-tDLL  
)
1:2 internal to external clock ratio  
If the external bus clock is running at half the internal clock frequency, then the negative  
phase clock is used to generate intermediate clock edges at the intervals necessary to  
correctly position the transitions on DQ and DM  
The negative phase clock is generated either by:  
If the EBU internal clock is a pulse swallowed version of the system clock then the  
negative phase clock is generated by swallowing alternate pulses. So if the main  
clock is divide by 4 and generated by passing pulses 0..4..8.. etc, then the neagtive  
phase clock will be generated by passing pulses 2..6..10..  
2)  
– tDH for the memory will be tEBU/2+tDH1-(n1)/2*tJIT  
)
– tDS for the memory will be tEBU/4-tDS1-(n/2*tJIT  
)
If the EBU internal clock is a buffered version of the system clock input then the  
negative phase clock will be an inverted version of the system clock  
– tDH for the memory will be tCK/4+tDH1-tJIT2  
3)  
– tDS for the memory will be tCK/4-tDS1-tJIT2  
If the duty cycle correction function of the DLL is enabled, then the negative phase  
clock will be the main clock delayed by 0.5*tCK  
– tDH for the memory will be tDCC+tDH1  
– tDS for the memory will be tDCC-tDS1  
1:4 internal to external clock ratio  
If the external bus clock is running at one quarter the internal clock frequency, then EBU  
internal clock clock is used to generate intermediate clock edges at the intervals  
necessary to correctly position the transitions on DQ and DM  
The negative phase clock is generated either by:  
t
DH for the memory will be tEBU+tDH1-tJIT  
tDS for the memory will be tEBU-tDS1-tJIT  
Timing of DDR Read Data  
DDR read data can be captured in two modes. The first mode uses the DLL to shift the  
DQS signals internally to provide setup and hold margins between the DQS and DQ  
lines. The DQS signals are then used as a clock to latch the data into internal registers.  
The second mode is suitable only for lower frequencies and uses the DDRCLKO signal  
internally as a clock to latch both the DQ and DQS signals. The state of the latched DQS  
1) where n is the divide ratio between the system clock input and the EBU internal clock  
2)  
tJIT is the pk-pk clock jitter of the system clock source  
3) tJIT2 is the rising to falling edge jitter of the system clock source  
Data Sheet  
180  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersAC Parameters  
signal is used to determine whether DQ is valid at any given clock edge. The restriction  
is that the DDRCLKO signal must propagate through the TC1798 output pad in both  
directions in time for the DQ and DQS signals to be latched before the next rising edge  
of DDRCLKO at the clock generating flip-flop inside the EBU, i.e.  
(Pad Output Delay)+(Pad Input Delay)+(Latch CK->Q valid) = tTIME < tck  
In addition the clock to output valid delay of the attached memory device must be less  
than 0.5 * tCK  
DLL Controlled Read  
The EBU interface is characterised with the DLL disabled. The relative positioning of the  
DQ and DQS edges are then adjusted to determine the setup and hold times. The  
parameters in the following table are therefore specified with the DLL inactive  
A standard DDR device will output the DQ and DQS signals with edges that are  
nominally aligned and the DLL will delay the DQS inputs internally to re-establish the  
setup and hold margins.  
T1  
T2  
T0  
DDRCLKO  
DDRCLKO  
DQS[3:0]  
tQS  
tQS  
tQH  
tQH  
DQ[31:0]  
Don't Care  
Data Valid  
Transitioning Data  
Figure 32  
DLL Controlled Read  
Once the DLL is enabled, to satisfy the setup time, the DQ output from the memory  
device must be valid less than tDLLR-tQS ns after the DQS edge.  
To satisfy the hold time, the DQ output from the memory device must remain valid until  
the time (tCK/2)-tJITn-tDLLR-tDH before the next DQS edge.  
DDRCLKO Controlled Read  
A standard DDR device will output the DQ and DQS signals with edges that are  
nominally aligned. In this mode, the data will be latched on both edges of the feedback  
clock. This clock is generated from DDRCLKO.  
Data Sheet  
181  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersFlash Memory Parameters  
tDQCKS  
T1  
T2  
T0  
tDQCKH  
DDRCLKO  
DDRCLKO  
DQS[3:0]  
tDQCKS  
tDQCKH  
DQ[31:0]  
Don't Care  
Data Valid  
Transitioning Data  
Figure 33  
DDRCLKO Controlled Read  
In order for the read data to be captured successfully, the maximum clock to DQS & DQ  
valid limit for the attached memory device must be less than half an external bus clock  
period by the setup margin, tDQCKS and the hold time for the DQS and data after the clock  
edge must be greater than tDQCKH  
.
Timing of SDRAM Read Data  
For SDRAM read accesses, DDRCLKO (SDCLKO) must be connected to DDRCLKO  
(SDCLKI) to establish a path for the feedback clock. Then tDQCKS and tDQCKH can be  
used to calculate timing margins in the same ways as for a DDR read except that only  
the rising edge of SDCLKI is used for capturing data.  
In order for the read data to be captured successfully, the maximum clock to DQ valid  
limit for the attached memory device must be less than an external bus clock period by  
the setup margin, tDQCKS and the hold time for the data after the clock edge must be  
greater than tDQCKH  
.
5.4 Flash Memory Parameters  
The data retention time of the TC1798’s Flash memory depends on the number of times  
the Flash memory has been erased and programmed.  
Table 46  
FLASH32 Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
4.21)  
Data Flash Erase Time  
per Sector  
t
t
ERD CC  
ERP CC  
s
s
Program Flash Erase  
Time per 256 KByte  
Sector  
5
Data Sheet  
182  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersFlash Memory Parameters  
Table 46  
FLASH32 Parameters (cont’d)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Typ.  
Unit Note /  
Test Condition  
Min.  
Max.  
Program time data flash  
per page2)  
t
PRD CC  
5.3  
ms  
ms  
without  
reprogramming  
15.9  
with two  
reprogramming  
cycles  
Program time program  
flash per page3)  
t
PRP CC  
5.3  
ms  
ms  
without  
reprogramming  
10.6  
with one  
reprogramming  
cycle  
Data Flash Endurance  
Erase suspend delay  
NE CC 60000  
cycle Min. data  
4)  
s
retention time 5  
years  
tFL_ErSusp  
15  
ms  
μs  
ms  
CC  
Wait time after margin  
change  
tFL_Margin 10  
Del CC  
Aborted logical sector  
erase soft-programming  
recovery  
tFL_SPRE  
400  
C CC  
Program Flash Retention  
Time, Physical Sector5)6)  
t
t
t
t
RET CC 20  
year Max. 1000  
erase/program  
cycles  
year Max. 100  
erase/program  
cycles  
year Max. 4  
s
Program Flash Retention  
Time, Logical Sector5)6)  
RETL CC 20  
RTU CC 20  
s
UCB Retention Time5)6)  
s
erase/program  
cycles per UCB  
Wake-Up time  
WU CC  
270  
μs  
DFlash wait state  
configuration  
WSDF  
CC  
50 ns x  
fFSI  
PFlash wait state  
configuration  
WSPF  
CC  
26 ns x  
fFSI  
Data Sheet  
183  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersFlash Memory Parameters  
1) In case of wordline oriented defects (see robust EEPROM emulation in the User's Manual) this erase time can  
increase by up to 100%.  
2) In case the Program Verify feature detects weak bits, these bits will be programmed up to twice more. Each  
reprogramming takes additional 5 ms.  
3) In case the Program Verify feature detects weak bits, these bits will be programmed once more. The  
reprogramming takes additional 5 ms.  
4) Only valid when a robust EEPROM emulation algorithm is used. For more details see the User´s Manual.  
5) Storage and inactive time included.  
6) At average weighted junction temperature Tj = 100°C, or the retention time at average weighted temperature  
of Tj = 110°C is minimum 10 years, or the retention time at average weighted temperature of Tj = 150°C is  
minimum 0.7 years.  
Data Sheet  
184  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersPackage and Reliability  
5.5  
Package and Reliability  
5.5.1  
Package Parameters  
Table 47  
Device  
Thermal Characteristics of the Package  
Package  
RΘJCT RΘJCB RΘJA Unit  
Note  
1)  
1)  
TC1798  
PG-LFBGA- 516  
3,5  
6,1  
14,7  
K/W  
1) The top and bottom thermal resistances between the case and the ambient (RTCAT, RTCAB) are to be combined  
with the thermal resistances between the junction and the case given above (RTJCT, RTJCB), in order to calculate  
the total thermal resistance between the junction and the ambient (RTJA). The thermal resistances between  
the case and the ambient (RTCAT, RTCAB) depend on the external system (PCB, case) characteristics, and are  
under user responsibility.  
The junction temperature can be calculated using the following equation: TJ = TA + RTJA × PD, where the RTJA  
is the total thermal resistance between the junction and the ambient. This total junction ambient resistance  
RTJA can be obtained from the upper four partial thermal resistances.  
Thermal resistances as measured by the ’cold plate method’ (MIL SPEC-883 Method 1012.1).  
Data Sheet  
185  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersPackage and Reliability  
5.5.2  
Package Outline  
Figure 34  
Package Outlines PG-LFBGA- 516  
You can find all of our packages, sorts of packing and others in our Infineon Internet  
Page “Products”: http://www.infineon.com/products.  
5.5.3  
Quality Declarations  
Table 48  
Quality Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Unit Note / Test Condition  
Min. Typ. Max.  
2)  
Operation  
Lifetime1)  
tOP  
24000 hours  
ESD susceptibility VHBM  
according to  
Human Body  
2000  
500  
V
Conforming to  
JESD22-A114-B  
Model (HBM)  
ESD susceptibility VHBM1  
V
of the LVDS pins  
Data Sheet  
186  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
Electrical ParametersPackage and Reliability  
Table 48  
Quality Parameters  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Values  
Unit Note / Test Condition  
Min. Typ. Max.  
ESD susceptibility VCDM  
according to  
500  
V
Conforming to  
JESD22-C101-C  
Charged Device  
Model (CDM)  
Moisture  
Sensitivity Level  
MSL  
3
Conforming to Jedec  
J-STD-020C for 240°C  
1) This lifetime refers only to the time when the device is powered on.  
2) For worst-case temperature profile equivalent to:  
1200 hours at Tj = 125...150oC  
3600 hours at Tj = 110...125oC  
7200 hours at Tj = 100...110oC  
11000 hours at Tj = 25...110oC  
1000 hours at Tj = -40...25oC  
Data Sheet  
187  
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
History  
6
History  
The following changes where done between Version 0.6 and 0.62 of this document:  
change wdith for port 2 in figure 2  
change numbers of VDDFL3 and VSS in figure 2  
update figure 3 according to pinning changes  
remove typo in Ctrl. line from I/O0 to I/O  
change for port 2.8 the symbol from CTRAPB (CCU60) to CCPOS0A (CCU62)  
change for port 2.8 the symbol from T13HRE (CCU61) to T12HRB (CCU63)  
add for port 2.8 the symbol from T3INB (GPT120)  
add for port 2.8 the symbol from T3INA (GPT121)  
change for port 2.10 the symbol from CC60INC (CCU61) to CTRAPB (CCU63)  
change for port 2.12 the symbol from CTRAPB (CCU61) to CCPOS0A (CCU63)  
change for port 2.12 the symbol from T13HRE (CCU60) to T12HRB (CCU62)  
add for port 2.12 the symbol from T2INB (GPT120)  
add for port 2.12 the symbol from T2INA (GPT121)  
add for port 3.0 the symbol CTRAPB (CCU61)  
change for port 3.0 for symbol CC60INC from CCU62 to CCU61  
move pin P3.1 from B20 to B22  
move pin P3.2 from J19 to A22  
move pin P3.3 from A20 to B21  
move pin P3.4 from G19 to K18  
move pin P3.5 from B19 to A21  
move pin P3.6 from K18 to B19  
move pin P3.7 from A19 to A20  
move pin P3.8 from J18 to B19  
move pin P3.9 from B18 to A19  
move pin P3.10 from G18 to J18  
move pin P3.11 from A18 to B18  
move pin P3.12 from F18 to K17  
move pin P3.13 from B13 to A18  
move pin P3.14 from K17 to B13  
removed for port 3.2 the symbol CTRAPB (CCU62)  
add for port 3.4 the symbol CTRAPA (CCU63)  
change for port 3.4 the symbol from CC61INC (CCU62) to CTRAPB (CCU60)  
removed for port 3.6 the symbol CTRAPB (CCU63)  
change for port 3.8 the symbol from T12HRB (CCU63) to T13HRE (CCU61)  
removed for port 3.8 the symbol CCPOS0A (CCU62)  
removed for port 3.8 the symbol T3INB (GPT120)  
removed for port 3.8 the symbol T3INA (GPT121)  
change for port 3.14 the symbol from T12HRB (CCU62) to T13HRE (CCU60)  
removed for port 3.14 the symbol CCPOS0A (CCU63)  
Data Sheet  
1
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
History  
removed for port 3.14 the symbol T2INB (GPT120)  
removed for port 3.14 the symbol T2INA (GPT121)  
change function description for port 4.1 alternate output 3 MTSR2 from Slave to  
Master Mode  
add footnote to port 4.1 alternate output 3 MTSR2  
change function description for port 4.1 alternate output 3 MTSR2 from Slave to  
Master Transmit  
move pin P5.12 from B22 to J19  
move pin P5.12 from B23 to G19  
move pin P5.12 from A22 to G18  
move pin P5.12 from A23 to F18  
add footnote to port 6.4 alternate output 1 MTSR1  
change for port 7.0 the symbol from ADEMUX0 to ADEMUX2  
change function description for port 7.1 alternate output 2 MTSR3 from Slave to  
Master Mode  
add footnote to port 7.1 alternate output 2 MTSR3  
change for port 8.3 the symbol from OUT43 (GPTA1) to CC62 (CCU60)  
add for port 8.5 the symbol CTRAPB (CCU62)  
change for port 9.13 the symbol from ECTT2 to ECTT1  
change for port 9.14 the symbol from ECTT1 to ECTT2  
add for port 9.14 the symbol REQ15  
add footnote to port 10.1 alternate output 1 MTSR0  
change for port 15 the type from S to D / S  
change function description for port 18.1 alternate input MTSR2B from Master to  
Slave Mode  
change function description for port 18.1 alternate output 1 MTSR2 from Slave to  
Master Mode  
add footnote to port 18.1 alternate output 1 MTSR2  
move pin VDDP from AD15 to AD16  
add clarification that table 9 defines the conditions for all other parameters  
add conditions for MLI, MSC, SSC, parameters  
add parameters dTxdly and dRxdly to ERAY parameters  
correct footnotes for ERAY parameters  
split flash parameters tPRD and tPRP in two conditions  
add conditions to LVDS pad parameters  
remove Pin Reliability in Overload section  
add parameters IIN and Sum IIN to absolute ratings  
add parameter HYSX to PSC_XTAL  
added RDSON values for all driver settings (weak, medium, and strong)  
removed footnote 2 of table 10  
change load for timing of SSC, MSC, and MLI from CL = 25 pF to CL = 50 pF (typical)  
add to parameters tRF and tFF condition CL = 50 pF  
add new footnote 7) to ADC parameter table  
Data Sheet  
2
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
History  
add min and max value for QCONV and adapt typ value  
add load conditions for tFF1 and tRF1  
add conditions to PLL parameter tL  
change DAP parameter t19 from SR to CC classification  
remove footnote 2 for the FADC  
adapt IDs for AB step  
move pin AN49 from W2 to W1  
move pin AN48 from W1 to W2  
removed footnote 2 in table 9  
change max value for ADC parameter tS from 255 to 257  
change P1.7 input CC60INB to CC61INB  
remove O2 OUT105 for GPTA1 of P14.9  
add O2 T3OUt for GPT121 of P14.9  
changed the name for O3 from EVTO2 to EVTO1 for P0.5  
changed the name for O3 from EVTO3 to EVTO2 for P0.6  
changed the name for O3 from EVTO4 to EVTO3 for P0.7  
changed the name for O1 and O2 from OUT70 to OUT71 for P1.15  
add input function SLSI2 for SSC2 to P4.9  
The following changes where done between Version 0.62 and 0.63 of this document:  
change P1.7 input CC60INB to CC61INB  
remove O2 OUT105 for GPTA1 of P14.9  
add O2 T3OUt for GPT121 of P14.9  
changed the name for O3 from EVTO2 to EVTO1 for P0.5  
changed the name for O3 from EVTO3 to EVTO2 for P0.6  
changed the name for O3 from EVTO4 to EVTO3 for P0.7  
changed the name for O1 and O2 from OUT70 to OUT71 for P1.15  
add input function SLSI2 for SSC2 to P4.9  
add input function CC60INC forCCU61 for P2.10  
change back for port 3.0 for symbol CC60INC from CCU61 to CCU62  
change input function T13HRE from CCU60 to CCU63  
change for port 6.15 the symbol from CC61(CCU60) to CC60(CCU61)  
change for port 8.2 the symbol from CC61(CCU60) to COUT63(CCU61)  
change for port 14.10 the symbol from T3OUT(GPT120) to T6OUT(GPT121)  
add to all SSC signal the assosiated SSC module where is was missing in the pinning  
add section Pin Reliability in Overload  
incease values for absolute maximium parameters IIN and SumIIN  
correct P14.8 O2 as this was incorrected label as O1  
The following changes where done between Version 0.63 and 0.7 of this document:  
change value RΘJCT from 2.6 to 3.5 K/W  
change value RΘJCB from 4.3 to 6.1 K/W  
change value RΘJA from 13.6 to 14.7 K/W  
Data Sheet  
3
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
History  
add parameter tPOR_APP  
replace in Operating Conditions Parameter Note MA = modulation amplitude by  
footnote 1)  
remove the redundant test condition IOH for RDSON NMOS  
remove the redundant test condition IOL for RDSON PMOS  
add parameter VILSD to class S pads  
remove footnote 2 from FADC  
remove capacitance conditions for LVDS pad parameters as loads are defined by  
interface (MSC) timings  
The following changes where done between Version 0.7 and 1.0 of this document:  
add product options SAK-TC1798S-512F300EP and SAK-TC1798N-512F300EP  
remove product options SAK-TC1798F-512F240EP and SAK-TC1798F-  
512F240EL  
update block diagrams to cover new options  
add note to TC1798 Logic Symbol figure and pin list for E-RAY pins availability  
add identification registers for new options  
adapt Absolute Maximum Rating  
clarify pad supply levels in Pin Reliability in Overload section  
correct errors for analog inputs in tables 10 and 11  
add note at the end of Pin Reliability in Overload section  
clarify wording for valid operating conditions  
correct section Extended Range Operating Conditions for the 3.3 V area  
increase limit in Extended Range Operating Conditions from 1 hour to 1000 hours  
add negative limit for class S pad leakage  
removed RDSON parameters for class F pads weak driver as only medium is  
available and update values  
change description of parameter tCAL for the ADC  
update footnote 10 for the ADC  
update definition of INL and TUE for ADC3  
split FADC DNL parameter into two conditions and change value for gain 4 and 8  
update all current values of table 28 (Power Supply Parameters)  
add footnote 5 to IDDP  
improve parameters IDDFL3  
add footnote for D-Flash currents in power section  
add section 5.2.6.1.  
rework first sentence for chapter 5.3  
increase max values for parameter tB  
reduce min value for tL for both PLLs  
split fVCO for the system PLL into two conditions  
change formula 10  
add for MLI and SSC timing parameter: valid strong driver medium edge only  
change MLI parameter t17 min value  
Data Sheet  
4
V 1.1, 2014-05  
TC1798  
History  
update parameter description for SSC parameters t52, t53, t56, t57, t58, and t59  
change SSC parameters from CC to SR Symbol for t56, t57, t58 and t59  
add note to ERAY parameters for availability  
add parameters t15, t16, t17, t18, and t19 to the EBU  
adapt EBU parameters for DDR Timming  
add footnote to Flash parameter tERD  
change for parameter NE note from Max. data retention to Min.  
rework the 3.3 V current part of the Power Supply Parameters for better description  
and usage  
– Parameters IDDP_FP, IDDFL3E and IDDFL3R are removed and replaced in the following  
way  
IDDP_FP is replaced by IDDP with the condition including flash programming current  
IDDFL3E is replaced by IDDP with the condition including flash erase verify current  
IDDFL3R is replaced by IDDP with the condition including flash read current  
– parameter IDDFL3R was renamed to IDDFL3  
The rework of the 3.3 V current part of the Power Supply Parameters was done for  
simplification and clarification. Former given values could still be used if liked, the new  
definition results in the same resulting values or slightly better values. The flash module  
is supplied via IDDFL3 and IDDP. For the different flash operating modes in worst case  
different allocations for the two domains resulting.  
The application typical case ‘flash read’ has max IDDP of 25 mA and max IDDFL3 of 98 mA  
resulting is a sum of 123 mA.  
The case ‘flash programming’ has max IDDP of 55 mA and max IDDFL3 of 29 mA resulting  
is a sum of 84 mA.  
The case ‘flash erase verify’ has max IDDP of 40 mA and max IDDFL3 of 98 mA resulting  
is a sum of 138 mA.  
So for the old parameter IDDP with 35 mA, the new version reads as  
I
DDP = 25+IDDP_PORST = 32 mA for the same application relevant case.  
The following changes where done between Version 1.0 and 1.1 of this document:  
change VILS from 2.1V to 1.9V in table 23  
change t48 from 100ns to 200ns in table 42  
change t49 from 100ns to 200ns in table 42  
extend KOVAN conditon from IOV0 mA; IOV-1 mA to IOV0 mA; IOV-2 mA  
change t8 from -4ns to -2ns in table 43  
change t18 from -4ns to -2ns in table 43  
change t37 parameter description from ‘Data output delay to WR rising edge,  
deviation from the ideal programmed value’ to ‘Data output delay to WR falling edge,  
deviation from the ideal programmed value’ in table 44  
Add RDSONx information for class B pads to table 18  
Add exact definition ‘edge= sharp ; pin out driver= strong’ for the pad conviguration  
of the rise and fall times in table 18  
Data Sheet  
5
V 1.1, 2014-05  
w w w . i n f i n e o n . c o m  
Published by Infineon Technologies AG  

相关型号:

SAK-TC212L-8F133F AC

The SAK-TC212L-8F133F AC belogs to the AURIX™ 1st Generation TC21xL family . Its innovative multicore architecture, based on up to three independent 32-bit TriCore CPUs, has been designed to meet the highest safety standards, while simultaneously increasing performance significantly. The TC21xL family belongs to the TC2xx AURIX™ 1st generation. Equipped with a TriCore with 133 MHz, a single voltage supply of 3.3V and a Powerful Generic Timer Module (GTM), the TC21xL series aim for a reduced complexity, best-in-class power consumption and significant cost savings.
INFINEON

SAK-TC212L-8F133N AC

 The SAK-TC212L-8F133N AC belogs to the AURIX™ 1st Generation TC21xL family. Its innovative multicore architecture, based on up to three independent 32-bit TriCore CPUs, has been designed to meet the highest safety standards, while simultaneously increasing performance significantly. The TC21xL family belongs to the TC2xx AURIX™™1st generation. Equipped with a TriCore with 133 MHz, a single voltage supply of 3.3V and a Powerful Generic Timer Module (GTM), the TC21xL series aim for a reduced complexity, best-in-class power consumption and significant cost savings.
INFINEON

SAK-TC212S-8F133F AC

SAK-TC212S-8F133F AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC21xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC21xL 系列属于第一代 TC2xxAurix。TC21xL 系列产品配备 133 MHz TriCore、3.3V 单供电电压和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC212S-8F133N AC

 SAK-TC212S-8F133N AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC21xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC21xL 系列属于第一代 TC2xxAurix。TC21xL 系列产品配备 133 MHz TriCore、3.3V 单供电电压和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC212S-8F133SC AC

 SAK-TC212S-8F133SC AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC21xSC 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC21xSC 系列属于第一代 TC2xxAurix。TC21xSC 系列产品配备 133 MHz TriCore、3.3V 单供电电压和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC213L-8F133F AC

SAK-TC213L-8F133F AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC21xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC21xL 系列属于第一代 TC2xxAurix。  TC21xL 系列产品配备 133 MHz TriCore、3.3V 单供电电压和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC213L-8F133N AC

SAK-TC213L-8F133N AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC21xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC21xL 系列属于第一代 TC2xxAurix。TC21xL 系列产品配备 133 MHz TriCore、3.3V 单供电电压和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC214L-8F133N AC

 SAK-TC214L-8F133N AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC21xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC21xL 系列属于第一代 TC2xxAurix。  TC21xL 系列产品配备 133 MHz TriCore、3.3V 单供电电压和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC222L-16F133F AC

SAK-TC222L-16F133N AC 属于第一代 Aurix  TC22xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC22xL 系列产品配备 200 MHz TriCore、5V 或 3.3V 单电压供电和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC222L-16F133N AC

SAK-TC222L-16F133N AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC22xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC22xL 系列产品配备 200 MHz TriCore、5V 或 3.3V 单电压供电和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC222S-12F133F AC

SAK-TC222S-12F133N AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC22xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC22xL 系列产品配备 200 MHz TriCore、5V 或 3.3V 单电压供电和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON

SAK-TC222S-12F133N AC

SAK-TC222S-12F133N AC 属于第一代 Aurix TC22xL 系列产品。其创新多核心架构基于多达三个独立 32 位 TriCore CPU,专为满足极高的安全标准,同时大幅提高性能而设计。TC22xL 系列产品配备 200 MHz TriCore、5V 或 3.3V 单电压供电和强大的通用定时器模块 (GTM),旨在降低复杂度、实现同类产品中极其优秀的功耗并节省大量成本。
INFINEON